SlideShare a Scribd company logo
NOTES/101 Tips-1.pdf
Interactive Techniques
Adapted in part from:
Thomas A. Angelo/K. Patricia Cross, Classroom Assessment
Techniques.
2nd Edition. Jossey-Bass: San Francisco, 1993.
Alison Morrison-Shetlar/Mary Marwitz, Teaching Creatively:
Ideas in
Action. Outernet: Eden Prairie, 2001.
Silberman, Mel. Active Learning: 101 Strategies to Teach Any
Subject.
Allyn and Bacon: Boston, 1996.
VanGundy, Arthur. 101 Activities for Teaching Creativity and
Problem
Solving. Pfeiffer: San Francisco, 2005.
Watkins, Ryan. 75 e-Learning Activities: Making Online
Learning
Interactive. San Francisco: Pfeiffer, 2005.
These techniques have multiple benefits: the instructor can
easily and quickly
assess if students have really mastered the material (and plan to
dedicate more
time to it, if necessary), and the process of measuring student
understanding in
many cases is also practice for the material—often students do
not actually learn
the material until asked to make use of it in assessments such as
these. Finally,
the very nature of these assessments drives interactivity and
brings several
benefits. Students are revived from their passivity of merely
listening to a lecture
and instead become attentive and engaged, two prerequisites for
effective
learning. These techniques are often perceived as “fun”, yet
they are frequently
more effective than lectures at enabling student learning.
Not all techniques listed here will have universal appeal, with
factors such as your
teaching style and personality influencing which choices may be
right for you.
Instructor Action: Lecture
1. Picture Prompt – Show students an image with no
explanation, and ask them to
identify/explain it, and justify their answers. Or ask students to
write about it using terms
from lecture, or to name the processes and concepts shown.
Also works well as group
activity. Do not give the “answer” until they have explored all
options first.
2. Think Break – Ask a rhetorical question, and then allow 20
seconds for students to
think about the problem before you go on to explain. This
technique encourages students
to take part in the problem-solving process even when
discussion isn't feasible. Having
students write something down (while you write an answer also)
helps assure that they
will in fact work on the problem.
3. Choral Response – Ask a one-word answer to the class at
large; volume of answer will
suggest degree of comprehension. Very useful to “drill” new
vocabulary words into
students.
4. Instructor Storytelling – Instructor illustrates a concept, idea,
or principle with a real-
life application, model, or case-study.
5. Pass the Pointer – Place a complex, intricate, or detailed
image on the screen and ask
for volunteers to temporarily borrow the laser pointer to
identify key features or ask
questions about items they don’t understand.
6. Empty Outlines – Distribute a partially completed outline of
today’s lecture and ask
students to fill it in. Useful at start or at end of class.
7. Classroom Opinion Polls – Informal hand-raising suffices to
test the waters before a
controversial subject.
8. Total Physical Response (TPR) – Students either stand or sit
to indicate their binary
answers, such as True/False, to the instructor’s questions.
9. Hand Held Response Cards – Distribute (or ask students to
create) standardized
cards that can be held aloft as visual responses to instructor
questions. Example: green
card for true, red for false. Or hand-write a giant letter on each
card to use in multiple
choice questions.
10. Student Polling – Select some students to travel the room,
polling the others on a topic
relevant to the course, then report back the results for everyone.
11. Self-Assessment of Ways of Learning – Prepare a
questionnaire for students that
probes what kind of learning style they use, so the course can
match visual/aural/tactile
learning styles.
12. Quote Minus One – Provide a quote relevant to your topic
but leave out a crucial word
and ask students to guess what it might be: “I cannot forecast to
you the action of
______; it is a riddle, wrapped in a mystery, inside an enigma.”
This engages them
quickly in a topic and makes them feel invested.
13. Everyday Ethical Dilemmas – Present an abbreviated case
study with an ethical
dilemma related to the discipline being studied.
14. Polar Opposites – Ask the class to examine two written-out
versions of a theory (or
corollary, law of nature, etc.), where one is incorrect, such as
the opposite or a negation of
the other. In deciding which is correct, students will have to
examine the problem from all
angles.
15. Pop Culture – Infuse your lectures, case studies, sample
word problems for use during
class with current events from the pop culture world. Rather
than citing statistics for
housing construction, for instance, illustrate the same statistical
concept you are teaching
by inventing statistics about something students gossip about,
like how often a certain
pop star appears in public without make-up.
16. Make Them Guess – Introduce a new subject by asking an
intriguing question,
something that few will know the answer to (but should interest
all of them). Accept blind
guessing for a while before giving the answer to build curiosity.
17. Make It Personal – Design class activities (or even essays)
to address the real lives of
the individual students. Instead of asking for reflections on
Down’s Syndrome, ask for
personal stories of neurological problems by a family member
or anyone they have ever
met.
18. Read Aloud – Choose a small text (500 words or less) to
read aloud, and ask students to
pay particular attention during this phase of lecture. A small
text read orally in a larger
lecture can focus attention.
19. Punctuated Lectures – Ask student to perform five steps:
listen, stop, reflect, write,
give feedback. Students become self-monitoring listeners.
20. Word of the Day – Select an important term and highlight it
throughout the class
session, working it into as many concepts as possible. Challenge
students to do the same
in their interactive activities.
21. Recall, Summarize, Question, Connect, and Comment – This
method of starting
each session (or each week) has five steps to reinforce the
previous session’s material:
recall it, summarize it, phrase a remaining question, connect it
to the class as a whole,
and comment on that class session.
22. Focused Listing – List several ideas related to the main
focus point. Helpful for starting
new topics.
23. Background Knowledge Probe – Use questionnaire (multi-
choice or short answer)
when introducing a new topic.
24. Goal Ranking and Matching – Students rank their goals for
the class, then instructor
combines those with her own list.
25. Interest/Knowledge/Skills Checklist – Assesses interest and
preparation for the
course, and can help adjust teaching agenda.
26. Documented Problem
Solution
s – Keep track of the steps needed to solve specific
types of problems. Model a list for students first and then ask
them to perform similar
steps.
Instructor Action: Lecture (Small Class Size)
27. Pass the Chalk – Provide chalk or a soft toy; whoever has it
must answer your next
question, and they pass it on to the student of their choice.
28. Quaker Meeting – Students highlight key passages of the
reading, and there is silence
(like a Quaker meeting) until someone wants to read his/her out,
and others follow. End
with brief writing about what they learned from the sentences.
29. Town Hall Meeting – Abdicate the front of the room for a
student willing to speak out
on a controversial subject, and when she is done with her
comment, she selects the next
speaker from the hands raised.
30. The Half Class Lecture – Divide the class in half and
provide reading material to one
half. Lecture on that same material to the other half of the class.
Then, switch the groups
and repeat, ending with a recap by pairing up members of
opposite groups.
31. Tournament – Divide the class into at least two groups and
announce a competition for
most points on a practice test. Let them study a topic together
and then give that quiz,
tallying points. After each round, let them study the next topic
before quizzing again. The
points should be carried over from round to round. The student
impulse for competition
will focus their engagement onto the material itself.
Student Action: Individual (many of these can be used as
partnerwork or groupwork instead;
or may escalate to that after some individual effort)
32. One-Minute Papers – Students write for one minute on a
specific question (which
might be generalized to “what was the most important thing you
learned today”). Best
used at the end of the class session.
33. Muddiest Point – Like the Minute Paper, but asks for the
“most confusing” point
instead. Best used at the end of the class session.
34. Misconception Check – Discover class’s preconceptions.
Useful for starting new
chapters.
35. Drawing for Understanding – Students illustrate an abstract
concept or idea.
Comparing drawings around the room can clear up
misconceptions.
36. Circle the Questions – Pre-make a handout that has a few
dozen likely student
questions (make them specific) on your topic for that day and
ask students to circle the
ones they don’t know the answers to, then turn in the paper.
37. Ask the Winner – Ask students to silently solve a problem
on the board. After revealing
the answer, instruct those who got it right to raise their hands
(and keep them raised);
then, all other students are to talk to someone with a raised
hand to better understand the
question and how to solve it next time.
38. What’s the Principle – After recognizing the problem,
students assess what principle
to apply in order to solve it. Helps focus on problem TYPES
rather than individual
specific problems. Principle(s) should be listed out.
39. Haiku – Students write a haiku (a three-line poem: 5-
syllables, then 7, then 5) on a given
topic or concept, and then share it with others.
40. Bookmark Notes - Distribute full-length paper to be used as
a bookmark for the
current chapter. On it, record prompts and other “reading
questions”, and require
students to record their notes, observations, and objections
while reading onto these
bookmarks for collection and discussion in class.
41. True or False? – Distribute index cards (one to each student)
on which is written a
statement. Half of the cards will contain statements that are
true, half false. Students
decide if theirs is one of the true statements or not, using
whatever means they desire.
Variation: designate half the room a space for those who think
their statements are true,
and the other half for false.
42. “Real-World” – Have students discuss in class how a topic
or concept relates to a real-
world application or product. Then have students write about
this topic for homework.
Variation: ask them to record their answer on index cards.
43. Concept Mapping – Students write keywords onto sticky
notes and then organize them
into a flowchart. Could be less structured: students simply draw
the connections they
make between concepts.
44. Advice Letter – Students write a letter of advice to future
students on how to be
successful students in that course.
45. Tabloid Titles – Ask students to write a tabloid-style
headline that would illustrate the
concept currently being discussed. Share and choose the best.
46. Bumper Stickers – Ask students to write a slogan-like
bumper sticker to illustrate a
particular concept from lecture. Variation: can be used to ask
them to sum up the entire
course in one sentence.
47. One-Sentence Summary – Summarize the topic into one
sentence that incorporates
all of who/what/when/where/why/how creatively.
48. Directed Paraphrasing – Students asked to paraphrase part
of a lesson for a specific
audience (and a specific purpose).
49. Word Journal – First, summarize the entire topic on paper
with a single word. Then
use a paragraph to explain your word choice.
50. Truth Statements – Either to introduce a topic or check
comprehension, ask
individuals to list out “It is true that...” statements on the topic
being discussed. The
ensuing discussion might illustrate how ambiguous knowledge
is sometimes.
51. Objective Check – Students write a brief essay in which
they evaluate to what extent
their work fulfills an assignment’s objectives.
52. Opposites – Instructor lists out one or more concepts, for
which students must come up
with an antonym, and then defend their choice.
53. Student Storytelling – Students are given assignments that
make use of a given
concept in relation to something that seems personally relevant
(such as requiring the
topic to be someone in their family).
54. Application to Major – During last 15 minutes of class, ask
students to write a short
article about how the point applies to their major.
55. Pro and Con Grid – Students list out the pros and cons for a
given subject.
56. Harvesting – After an experience/activity in class, ask
students to reflect on “what” they
learned, “so what” (why is it important and what are the
implications), and “now what”
(how to apply it or do things differently).
57. Chain Notes – Instructor pre-distributes index cards and
passes around an envelope, on
which is written a question relating to the learning environment
(i.e., are the group
discussions useful?) Students write a very brief answer, drop in
their own card, and pass
the envelope to the next student.
58. Focused Autobiographical Sketches – Focuses on a single
successful learning
experience, one relevant to the current course.
59. Course-Related Self-Confidence Surveys – Simple questions
that measure how
self-confident students are when it comes to a specific skill.
Once they become aware they
can do it, they focus on it more.
60. Profiles of Admirable Individuals – Students write a brief
profile of an individual in
a field related to the course. Students assess their own values
and learn best practices for
this field.
61. Memory Matrix – Identify a key taxonomy and then design a
grid that represents those
interrelationships. Keep it simple at first. Avoid trivial or
ambiguous relationships, which
tend to backfire by focusing students on superficial kinds of
learning. Although probably
most useful in introductory courses, this technique can also be
used to help develop basic
study skills for students who plan to continue in the field
62. Categorizing Grid – Hand out rectangles divided into cells
and a jumbled listing of
terms that need to be categorized by row and column.
63. Defining Features Matrix – Hand out a simple table where
students decide if a
defining feature is PRESENT or ABSENT. For instance, they
might have to read through
several descriptions of theories and decide if each refers to
behaviorist or constructivist
models of learning.
64. What/How/Why Outlines – Write brief notes answering the
what / how / why
questions when analyzing a message or text.
65. Approximate Analogies – Students provide the second half
of an analogy (A is to B as
X is to Y).
66. Problem Recognition Tasks – Offer case studies with
different types of problems and
ask students to identify the TYPE of problem (which is different
from solving it)
67. Switch it up! – Ask students to work on one problem for a
few minutes and
intentionally move to a second problem without debriefing the
first one, then solve the
second one and only then return to the first one for more work.
A carefully chosen second
problem can shed light on the first problem, but this also works
well if the problems are
not directly related to each other.
68. Reading Rating Sheets – Students fill out a ratings sheet on
the course readings, on
how clear, useful, and interesting it was.
69. Assignment Assessments – Students give feedback on their
homework assignments,
and evaluate them as learning tools.
70. Exam Evaluations – Students explain what they are learning
from exams, and evaluate
the fairness, usefulness, and quality of tests.
71. Group-Work Evaluations – Questionnaires asking how
effective groupwork has been
in the class.
72. Teacher-Designed Feedback Forms – Rather than use
standardized evaluation
forms, teachers create ones tailored for their needs and their
classes. Especially useful
midway through the term.
73. Writing Fables – Students write an animal fable (or at least
sketch its outline) that will
lead to a one-sentence moral matching the current concept
discussed in class. May be
done verbally instead.
Student Action: Pairs
74. Think-Pair-Share – Students share and compare possible
answers to a question with a
partner before addressing the larger class.
75. Pair-Share-Repeat – After a pair-share experience, ask
students to find a new partner
and debrief the wisdom of the old partnership to this new
partner.
76. Teacher and Student - Individually brainstorm the main
points of the last homework,
then assign roles of teacher and student to pairs. The teacher’s
job is to sketch the main
points, while the student’s job is to cross off points on his list
as they are mentioned, but
come up with 2-3 ones missed by the teacher.
77. Wisdom of Another – After any individual brainstorm or
creative activity, partner
students up to share their results. Then, call for volunteers of
students who found their
partner’s work to be interesting or exemplary. Students are
sometimes more willing to
share in plenary the work of fellow students than their own
work.
78. Forced Debate – Students debate in pairs, but must defend
the opposite side of their
personal opinion. Variation: half the class take one position,
half the other. They line up
and face each other. Each student may only speak once, so that
all students on both sides
can engage the issue.
79. Optimist/Pessimist – In pairs, students take opposite
emotional sides of a
conversation. This technique can be applied to case studies and
problem solving as well.
80. Peer Review Writing Task – To assist students with a
writing assignments, encourage
them to exchange drafts with a partner. The partner reads the
essay and writes a three-
paragraph response: the first paragraph outlines the strengths of
the essay, the second
paragraph discusses the essay’s problems, and the third
paragraph is a description of
what the partner would focus on in revision, if it were her
essay.
81. Invented Dialogues – Students weave together real quotes
from primary sources, or
invent ones to fit the speaker and context.
82. My Christmas Gift – Students mentally select one of their
recent gifts as related to or
emblematic of a concept given in class, and must tell their
partners how this gift relates to
the concept. The one with a closer connection wins.
83. Psychoanalysis – Students get into pairs and interview one
another about a recent
learning unit. The focus, however, is upon analysis of the
material rather than rote
memorization. Sample Interview Questions: Can you describe to
me the topic that you
would like to analyze today? What were your attitudes/beliefs
before this topic? How did
your attitudes/beliefs change after learning about this topic?
How will/have your
actions/decisions altered based on your learning of this topic?
How have your
perceptions of others/events changed?
Student Action: Groups
84. Jigsaw (Group Experts) – Give each group a different topic.
Re-mix groups with one
planted “expert” on each topic, who now has to teach his new
group.
85. Board Rotation – Assign groups of students to each of the
boards you have set up in
the room (four or more works best), and assign one
topic/question per board. After each
group writes an answer, they rotate to the next board and write
their answer below the
first, and so on around the room.
86. Pick the Winner – Divide the class into groups and have all
groups work on the same
problem and record an answer/strategy on paper. Then, ask
groups to switch with a
nearby group, and evaluate their answer. After a few minutes,
allow each set of groups to
merge and ask them to select the better answer from the two
choices, which will be
presented to the class as a whole.
87. Layered Cake Discussion - Every table/group works on the
same task for a few
minutes, then there’s a plenary debrief for the whole class, and
finally repeat with a new
topic to be discussed in the groups.
88. Lecture Reaction – Divide the class into four groups after a
lecture: questioners (must
ask two questions related to the material), example givers
(provide applications),
divergent thinkers (must disagree with some points of the
lecture), and agreers (explain
which points they agreed with or found helpful). After
discussion, brief the whole class.
89. Movie Application – In groups, students discuss examples
of movies that made use of
a concept or event discussed in class, trying to identify at least
one way the movie-makers
got it right, and one way they got it wrong.
90. Student Pictures – Ask students to bring their own pictures
from home to illustrate a
specific concept to their working groups.
91. Definitions and Applications – In groups, students provide
definitions, associations,
and applications of concepts discussed in lecture.
92. TV Commercial – In groups, students create a 30-second TV
commercial for the
subject currently being discussed in class. Variation: ask them
to act out their
commercials.
93. Blender – Students silently write a definition or brainstorm
an idea for several minutes
on paper. Then they form into groups, and two of them read
their ideas and integrate
elements from each. A third student reads his, and again
integration occurs with the
previous two, until finally everyone in the group has been
integrated (or has attempted
integration).
94. Human Tableau or Class Modeling – Groups create living
scenes (also of inanimate
objects) which relate to the classroom concepts or discussions.
95. Build From Restricted Components – Provide limited
resources (or a discrete list of
ideas that must be used) and either literally or figuratively
dump them on the table,
asking students in groups to construct a solution using only
these things (note: may be
familiar from the Apollo 13 movie). If possible, provide red
herrings, and ask students to
construct a solution using the minimum amount of items
possible.
96. Ranking Alternatives – Teacher gives a situation, everyone
thinks up as many
alternative courses of action (or explanations of the situation)
as possible. Compile list. In
groups, now rank them by preference.
97. Simulation – Place the class into a long-term simulation
(like as a business) to enable
Problem-Based Learning (PBL).
98. Group Instructional Feedback Technique – Someone other
than the teacher polls
groups on what works, what doesn’t, and how to fix it, then
reports them to the teacher.
99. Classroom Assessment Quality Circles – A small group of
students forms a
“committee” on the quality of teaching and learning, which
meets regularly and includes
the instructor.
100. Audio and Videotaped Protocols – Taping students while
they are solving problems
assesses the learner’s awareness of his own thinking.
101. Imaginary Show and Tell – Students pretend they have
brought an object relevant to
current discussion, and “display” it to the class while talking
about its properties.
102. Six Degrees of “RNA Transcription Errors” – Like the
parlor game “Six Degrees of
Kevin Bacon” (in which actors are linked by joint projects), you
provide groups with a
conceptual start point and challenge them to leap to a given
concept in six moves or
fewer. One student judge in each group determines if each leap
is fair and records the
nature of the leaps for reporting back to the class.
Facebook
103. Replace Discussion Boards - Create a Facebook “group”
(private/invite only) and use
the Wall as the class discussion board. Students are notified by
home page notification
when someone replies to their thread.
104. Notify Students Quickly – Posting to Facebook will reach
your students much faster
than an email, because most of them check Facebook regularly.
105. Fan Page - An alternative to a group is a “fan” page, which
has the advantage that your
“status updates” will show up for students on their Live Feed.
Disadvantage: some
students turn off Live Feed and only see status updates of their
friends.
106. Direct Facebook Friendship - Allowing your students to
“friend” you will give you
unfettered access to them (unless they’ve set up a special role
for you), but more
importantly, your status updates will be visible to them on the
home page (unless they
block you manually). Disadvantage: too much information will
be revealed on both sides,
unless both you and the students set up “lists” with limited
access allowed.
Twitter
107. Report from the Field – Students use smart phones to
record their observations while
witnessing an event/location related to the course of study,
capturing more honest and
spontaneous reactions
108. Twitter Clicker Alternative - In large classes, a hashtag
can amalgamate all posts by
your students in one place, giving them a free-response place to
provide feedback or guess
at a right answer. Also useful for brainstorming.
109. Backchannel Conversations in Large Classes – unlike a
whispered conversation, a
Twitter conversation (searchable by agreed-upon hashtag)
becomes a group discussion.
Students may also help out other students who missed a brief
detail during the lecture.
110. Follow an Expert – Luminaries in many disciplines, as well
as companies and
governmental agencies, often publish a Twitter feed. Reading
such updates provides a
way to stay current.
111. Tweeted Announcements - Instead of Blackboard, use
Twitter to send out
announcements like cancelled classes.
112. Twitter Pictures and URLs - Twitpic and other services
allows for photo upload to
twitter; bit.ly and other “link shorteners” allow for pasting long
URLs as short ones.
113. Student Summaries - Make one student the “leader” for
tweets; she posts the top five
important concepts from each session to twitter (one at a time);
other students follow her
feed and RT for discussion/disagreements
114. Quick Contact - Since sharing cell phone numbers is risky,
instructors may wish to let
students follow them on Twitter and send Direct Messages that
way.
115. Community-Building - A Twitter group for your specific
class creates inclusiveness
and belonging.
116. Twitter Projects - Tweetworks and other apps can enable
student groups to
communicate with each other more easily.
117. Brainstorm - Small Twitter assignments can yield
unexpected brainstorming by
students, since it’s happening “away” from the LMS.
118. Twitter Poll - PollDaddy and other apps enable Twitter to
gather interest, information,
attitudes, and guesses.
119. Post Links - News stories and other websites can be linked
via Twitter (services such as
bit.ly will shorten URLs).
YouTube
120. Video Demonstrations - Using a webcam, record a
demonstration relevant to your
topic and post it to YouTube.
121. Student Videos - Student projects, presentations, or
speeches can take the form of
video instead of PowerPoint, and uploaded for the class to see.
122. Closed Eyes Method – To prevent students at home from
“reading” presentations
(such as poem recitations) that were supposed to be memorized
for YouTube upload,
require them to give the performance with their eyes closed.
123. Interactive Video Quizzes - Using annotations (text boxes)
and making them
hyperlinks to other uploaded videos, instructors can construct
an on-screen “multiple
choice” test leading to differentiated video reactions, depending
on how the student
answers. Requires filming multiple videos and some editing
work.
124. Movie Clips - Show brief segments of popular movies to
illustrate a point, start a
conversation, have students hunt for what the movie gets wrong,
etc.
125. Embed Into PowerPoint - YouTube videos can be
embedded into PPT as long as there
is an active Internet connection; create a Shockwave Flash
object in the Developer tab,
and add the URL for “Movie” in the properties (the URL will
need to replace “watch?=v/”
with just “/v/”). Alternative: use one-button plugin from iSpring
Free.
126. Shared Account – Instructor creates a generic YouTube
username/account and gives
the password to everyone in the class, so student uploads all go
to the same place.
Wikis
127. Group Wiki Projects - Instead of emailing a document (or
PPT) back and forth,
student groups can collaborate in real time with a free wiki such
as wikispaces.com
128. Wiki Class Notes - Offering a class wiki for the optional
sharing of lecture notes aids
students who miss class, provides a tool for studying, and helps
students see the material
from more than one perspective.
Blogs
129. Questions to Students - Use the blog to “push” questions
and discussion prompts to
students like you would email, but in a different forum.
130. Provide Links - The native HTML nature of the blog makes
it easy to give links to news
stories and relevant websites.
131. Substitute for Blackboard Discussion Board - Students can
comment on each post
(or previous comment) and engage in a dialogue that is similar
to Blackboard, but while
out in the Internet in general.
132. Electronic Role Play - Students create their own blogs, and
write diary-type entries
while role-playing as someone central to your content.
Creating Groups
133. Quick Division – Divide your class into two roughly equal
segments for simultaneous,
parallel tasks by invoking their date of birth: “if your birthday
falls on an odd-numbered
day, do task X…if your birthday is even, do task Y.” Other
variations include males and
females, months of birth, odd or even inches in their height
(5’10” vs 5’11”).
134. Question and Answer Cards – Make index cards for every
student in the class; half
with questions about class content; half with the right answers.
Shuffle the cards and have
students find their appropriate partner by comparing questions
and answers on their own
cards.
135. Telescoping Images – When you need the class to form
new groups, craft sets of index
cards that will be grouped together by theme, and randomly pass
them out for students to
seek the other members of their new groups. Example: one set
of four index cards has
pictures of Europe on a map, then France, then the Eiffel
Tower, then a person wearing a
beret (thematically, the images “telescope” from far away to
close up, and the students
must find others in their particular set of telescoping images).
136. Speed Sharing – Students write definitions, concepts, quiz
questions, etc. on index
cards and form two concentric circles, facing each other. For
thirty seconds (or 60), they
share their knowledge with the person opposite them. Then, the
outer circle “rotates” so
that everyone has a new partner, and the sharing is repeated.
This can be done until each
student has completed the circuit.
137. Trio Rotation – Group students into threes, and arrange the
groups into a large circle.
Each team of three works on a problem. Then, each team
assigns a 1, 2, and 3 number to
each person. The 1’s stay put, but the 2’s rotate clockwise and
the 3’s rotate
counterclockwise. Newly formed teams then work on a new
problem.
138. Go to Your Post – Tape a sign onto opposite sides of the
walls with different
preferences (different authors, skills, a specific kind of problem
to solve, different values)
and let students self-select their working group
139. Four Corners – Put up a different topic in each corner of
the room and ask students to
pick one, write their ideas about it down, then head to “their”
corner and discuss opinions
with others who also chose this topic.
Icebreakers
140. Introduce Your Partner’s Non-Obvious Trait – Students
partner up and are tasked
with learning one thing about the other person that is not
obvious by looking at them.
Then, they introduce their partner to the larger class. Instructors
can use this time to
record a crude seating chart of the students and begin to learn
their names.
141. Scrapbook Selection – Put students in groups and give each
group a big pile of printed
photos (best if laminated – maybe different shapes/sizes?) Ask
them to choose one as a
group that epitomizes their reaction/definition of the topic being
discussed, and explain
why.
142. Brush with Fame – Students relate their closest encounter
with someone famous, even
if it has to be a story about something that happened to a friend
or relative.
143. Name Game – Students form circles in groups of 8-10 and
one at a time state their
name with an alliterative action: “I’m Jumping James!”
Optimally, they should perform
the action as well. They proceed around the circle, stating
names and performing the
actions, adding names one at a time, until the last person in the
circle will have to say
everyone’s name and perform all the actions.
144. Human Bingo – Students become acquainted at the start of
a semester by performing a
scavenger hunt you design as a handout: “find someone who
dislikes carrots, someone
who owns a German car, someone who has read a book about
submarines, etc.”
145. Line Dance – Students line up according to their level of
agreement on a controversial
subject: strong agreement on one side, strong disagreement on
the other.
146. Two Truths and a Lie – Go around the room and ask each
student to relate two true
statements and one falsehood about themselves, without giving
away which is false.
Games (Useful for Review)
147. Crossword Puzzle – Create a crossword puzzle as a
handout for students to review
terms, definitions, or concepts before a test. Some online
websites will automate the
puzzle creation.
148. Jeopardy – Play jeopardy like the TV show with your
students. Requires a fair amount
of preparation.
149. Pictionary – For important concepts and especially terms,
have students play
pictionary: one draws images only, the rest must guess the term.
150. Super-Password – Also for concepts and terms; one student
tries to get his partner to
say the key term by circumlocution, and cannot say any of the
“forbidden words” on a
card prepared ahead of time.
151. Guess the Password – The instructor reveals a list of words
(esp. nouns) one at a time
and at each point, ask students to guess what key term they are
related to. The hints
become increasingly specific to make the answer more clear.
152. Twenty Questions – Assign a person, theory, concept,
event, etc to individual students
and have the partner ask yes/no questions to guess what the
concept is. Also works on a
plenary level, with one student fielding the questions from the
whole class.
153. Hollywood Squares – Choose students to sit as
“celebrities” at the front of the class.
Variation: allow the celebrities to use books and notes in
deciding how to help the
contestants.
154. Scrabble – Use the chapter (or course) title as the pool of
letters from which to make
words (e.g., mitochondrialdna) and allow teams to brainstorm as
many words as possible
from that list, but all words must be relevant to this test.
Variation: actually play scrabble
on boards afterward.
155. Who am I? - Tape a term or name on the back of each
student, out of view. Each student
then wanders about the room, posing yes/no questions to the
other students in an effort
to guess the term on his own back.
Interaction Through Homework
156. Find the Company – Students search the Internet for a
corporation that makes use of
concepts/ideas from class, and must defend their choice in the
next class session.
157. Diagnostic Learning Logs – Students track main points in
lecture and a second list of
unclear points. They then reflect on and analyze the information
and diagnose their
weaknesses.
158. Process Analysis – Students track the steps they take to
finish an assignment and
comment on their approaches to it.
159. Productive Study-Time Logs – Short records students keep
on how long they study
for a class; comparison allows those with lesser commitment to
see the disparity.
160. Double-Entry Journals – Students note first the important
ideas from reading, and
then respond personally.
161. Paper or Project Prospectus – Write a structured plan for a
term paper or large
project.
162. Annotated Portfolios – Student turns in creative work, with
student’s explanation of
the work in relation to the course content and goals.
Student Questions
163. Student Questions (Index Cards) – At the start of the
semester, pass out index cards
and ask each student to write a question about the class and
your expectations. The cards
rotate through the room, with each student adding a check-mark
if they agree this
question is important for them. The teacher learns what the
class is most anxious about.
164. Student Questions (Group-Decided) – Stop class, group
students into fours, ask
them to take five minutes to decide on the one question they
think is crucial for you to
answer right now.
165. Questions as Homework – Students write questions before
class on 3x5 cards: “What
I really wanted to know about mitochondrial DNA but was
afraid to ask...”
166. Student-Generated Test Questions – Students create likely
exam questions and
model the answers. Variation: same activity, but with students
in teams, taking each
others’ quizzes.
167. Minute Paper Shuffle – Ask students to write a relevant
question about the material,
using no more than a minute, and collect them all. Shuffle and
re-distribute, asking each
student to answer his new question. Can be continued a second
or third round with the
same questions.
Role-Play
168. Role-Playing – Assign roles for a concept, students
research their parts at home, and
they act it out in class. Observers critique and ask questions.
169. Role Reversal – Teacher role-plays as the student, asking
questions about the content.
The students are collectively the teacher, and must answer the
questions. Works well as
test review/prep.
170. Jury Trial. Divide the class into various roles (including
witnesses, jury, judge, lawyers,
defendant, prosecution, audience) to deliberate on a
controversial subject.
171. Press Conference – Ask students to role-play as
investigative reporters asking
questions of you, the expert on the topic. They should seek a
point of contradiction or
inadequate evidence, hounding you in the process with follow-
up questions to all your
replies.
172. Press Conference (Guest Speaker) – Invite a guest speaker
and run the class like a
press conference, with a few prepared remarks and then fielding
questions from the
audience.
173. Analytic Memo – Write a one-page analysis of an issue,
roleplaying as an employer or
client.
Student Presentations
174. Fishbowl – A student unpacks her ideas and thoughts on a
topic in front of others, who
take notes and then write a response. Avoid asking questions.
175. Impromptu Speeches – Students generate keywords, drop
them into a hat, and self-
choose presenters to speak for 30 seconds on each topic.
176. Anonymous Peer Feedback – For student presentations or
group projects, encourage
frank feedback from the observing students by asking them to
rip up a page into quarters
and dedicating comments to each presenter. Multiple variations
are possible in “forcing”
particular types of comments (i.e., require two compliments and
two instances of
constructive feedback). Then, ask students to create a pile of
comments for Student X,
another pile for Student Y, and so on.
177. PowerPoint Presentations – For those teaching in
computer-mediated environments,
put students into groups of three or four students. Students
focus their attention on a
chapter or article and present this material to the class using
PowerPoint. Have groups
conference with you beforehand to outline their presentation
strategy and ensure
coverage of the material.
Brainstorming
178. Brainstorming on the Board – Students call out concepts
and terms related to a topic
about to be introduced; the instructor writes them on the board.
If possible, group them
into categories as you record the responses. Works to gauge pre-
existing knowledge and
focus attention on the subject.
179. Brainstorming Tree – While brainstorming on the board,
circle the major concepts
and perform sub-brainstorms on those specific words; the result
will look like a tree
blooming outward.
180. Brainstorming in a Circle – Group students to discuss an
issue together, and then
spend a few minutes jotting down individual notes. One person
starts a brainstorming list
and passes it to the student to the right, who then adds to the
list and passes it along
again.
181. Chalk Talk – Ask students to go to multiple boards around
the room to brainstorm
answers to a prompt/assignment, but disallow all talking. Can
also be done in groups.
Online Interaction
182. Online Chat (All-Day) – For classes meeting at least
partially in an online
environment, instructors can simulate the benefits gained by a
chat-room discussion
(more participation from reserved instructors) without requiring
everyone to meet in a
chat room for a specific length of time. The day begins with a
post from the instructor in a
discussion board forum. Students respond to the prompt, and
continue to check back all
day, reading their peers’ posts and responding multiple times
throughout the day to
extend discussion.
183. Online Chat (Quick) – To gauge a quick response to a topic
or reading assignment,
post a question, and then allow students to chat in a
synchronous environment for the
next 10 minutes on the topic. A quick examination of the chat
transcript will reveal a
multitude of opinions and directions for further discussion. In
online environments,
many students can “talk” at once, with less chaotic and more
productive results than in a
face-to-face environment.
184. Online Evaluation – For those teaching in online
environments, schedule a time which
students can log on anonymously and provide feedback about
the course and your
teaching. Understand, however, that anonymity online
sometimes breeds a more
aggressive response than anonymity in print.
185. Pre-Class Writing – A few days before your computer-
mediated class begins, have
students respond in an asynchronous environment to a prompt
about this week’s topic.
Each student should post their response and at least one
question for further discussion.
During the face-to-face meeting, the instructor can address
some of these questions or
areas not addressed in the asynchronous forum.
186. E-Mail Feedback – Instructor poses questions about his
teaching via e-mail; students
reply anonymously.
NOTES/25QuickFormativeAssessments.pdf
New York • Toronto • London • Auckland • Sydney
Mexico City • New Delhi • Hong Kong • Buenos Aires
Judith Dodge
ASSESSMENTS
FORMATIVE
for a Differentiated Classroom
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
Scholastic Inc. grants teachers permission to photocopy the
reproducible pages from this book for classroom use.
No other part of this publication may be reproduced in whole or
in part, or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in
any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written
permission of the
publisher. For information regarding permission, write to
Scholastic Inc., 557 Broadway, New York, NY 10012.
Editor: Joanna Davis-Swing
Cover design: Jorge J. Namerow
Interior design: Kelli Thompson
ISBN-13: 978-0-545-08742-1
ISBN-10: 0-545-08742-2
Copyright © 2009 by Judith Dodge.
All rights reserved. Published by Scholastic Inc.
Printed in the U.S.A.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 40 15 14 13 12 11 10 09
Acknowledgments
Thank you to Carol Ann Tomlinson, who continues to inform
my work in
this field
Thank you to Debra Steinroder, Jill Simpson, and Lisa Drewes,
who took
many of the ideas in this book and piloted them with their
students, often
improving them and making them more useful for others
Thank you to Noel Forte, who worked with me on the
technology connections,
making this book more current
Thank you to the countless teachers in over 75 school districts
with whom I
have worked over the past twenty years, exploring together how
to refine the
art and science of teaching and learning
A special thanks to the teachers in the following school
districts, who eagerly
shared their work, ideas, and students sample with me so that
we could
spread those ideas to others: Elmont, Freeport, Herricks, South
Huntington,
North Merrick, Mineola, Middle Country, Westhampton Beach
Thank you to Jen Maichin, a special education teacher, who
pointed out
how the assessment strategies in this book could help teachers
implement
the federal mandates of Response to Intervention in their
general education
classrooms
Thank you to Mike Mildon, who helped me finally go digital
with my strategies
Thank you to my family, who has been so supportive during the
process of
completing this book
Thank you to my parents for always believing in me; they would
have been
so proud
And thank you to the team at Scholastic, including Joanna
Davis-Swing, my
editor, who continue to support me as a teacher of teachers
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
Introduction
What Are Formative Assessments and Why Should We Use
Them? . . . . . . . . 4
Using a Variety of Formative Assessments . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Types of Assessment Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
How to Use the Assessments in This Book . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Keeping Track of the Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Differentiating Instruction in Response to Formative
Assessments . . . . . . . . 7
Formative Assessment Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Designing Tiered Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Gathering Multiple Sources of Evidence . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
25 Quick Formative Assessments: Quick Reference . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 1: Summaries and Reflections
1. Dry-Erase Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2 . QuickWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3 . WriteAbout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4. S-O-S Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5 . 3-2-1 Summarizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6. My Opinions Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
7. My Textbook Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
8. FactStorming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Section 2: Lists, Charts, and Graphic Organizers
9 . My Top Ten List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1 0 . Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1 1 . Noting What I’ve Learned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1 2 . List-Group-Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
1 3 . Web Wind-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Section 3: Visual Representations of Information
1 4 . Picture Note Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
1 5 . QuickWrite/QuickDraw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1 6 . Unit Collage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1 7 . Photo Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1 8 . Filming the Ideas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
1 9 . Flipbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
20. SmartCards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Section 4: Collaborative Activities
2 1 . Turn ’n’ Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
22. Headline News! Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2 3 . Four More! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
24 . Find Someone Who . . . Review . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2 5. Carousel Brainstorming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Reproducibles Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Contents
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
Introduction
What are Formative assessments
and Why should We use them?
F
ormative assessments are ongoing assessments, observations,
summa-
ries, and reviews that inform teacher instruction and provide
students
feedback on a daily basis (Fisher & Frey, 2007). While
assessments are
always crucial to the teaching and learning process, nowhere are
they
more important than in a differentiated classroom, where
students of all levels
of readiness sit side by side. Without the regular use of
formative assessment,
or checks for understanding, how are we to know what each
student needs
to be successful in our classroom? How else can we ensure we
are addressing
students’ needs instead of simply teaching them what we think
they need?
Traditionally, we have used assessments to measure how much
our
students have learned up to a particular point in time (Stiggins,
2007). This
is what Rick Stiggins calls “assessment of learning” and what
we use to see
whether our students are meeting standards set by the state, the
district, or
the classroom teacher. These summative assessments are
conducted after a unit
or certain time period to determine how much learning has taken
place.
Although Stiggins notes that assessments of learning are
important if we
are to ascribe grades to students and provide accountability, he
urges teachers to
focus more on assessment for learning. These types of
assessment—formative
assessments—support learning during the learning process.
Since formative assessments are considered part of the learning,
they need
not be graded as summative assessments (end-of-unit exams or
quarterlies, for
example) are. Rather, they serve as practice for students, just
like a meaning-
ful homework assignment (Chappuis & Chappuis, 2007/2008).
They check for
understanding along the way and guide teacher decision making
about future
instruction; they also provide feedback to students so they can
improve their
performance. Stiggins suggests “the student’s role is to strive to
understand
what success looks like and to use each assessment to try to
understand how
to do better the next time.” Formative assessments help us
differentiate instruc-
tion and thus improve student achievement.
When I work with teachers during staff development, they often
tell me
they don’t have time to assess students along the way. They fear
sacrificing
coverage and insist they must move on quickly. Yet in the rush
to cover more,
students are actually learning less. Without time to reflect on
and interact
meaningfully with new information, students are unlikely to
retain much of
what is “covered” in their classrooms.
Formative assessments, however, do not have to take an
inordinate
amount of time. While a few types (such as extended responses
or essays)
take considerably more time than others, many are quick and
easy to use on
a daily basis. On balance, the time they take from a lesson is
well worth the
information you gather and the retention students gain.
“Informative assessment
isn’t an end in itself,
but the beginning of better
instruction.”
CarolannTomlinson
(2007/2008,p.11)
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
�
Using a Variety of Formative Assessments
The National Forum on Assessment (1995) suggests that
assessment systems include opportunities for both individual
and group work. To provide you
with a comprehensive repertoire, I have labeled each assessment
as Individual,
Partner, Small Group, or Whole Class (see chart, page 11).
Listening in on
student partners or small-group conversations allows you to
quickly identify
problems or misconceptions, which you can address
immediately. If you
choose a group assessment activity, you will frequently want to
follow it up
with an individual one to more effectively pinpoint what each
student needs.
Often, the opportunity to work with others before working on
their own
leads students toward mastery. The group assessment process is
part of the
learning; don’t feel you must grade it. The individual
assessment that follows
can remain ungraded, as well, although it will be most useful if
you provide
some feedback to the learner, perhaps in the form of a brief
comment or,
at the very least, a check, check-plus or check-minus, with a
brief verbal
explanation about what each symbol indicates (You have
mastered the skill,
You need more practice, etc.).
By varying the type of assessment you use over the course of
the week,
you can get a more accurate picture of what students know and
understand,
obtaining a “multiple-measure assessment ‘window’ into student
understand-
ing” (Ainsworth & Viegut, 2006). Using at least one formative
assessment
daily enables you to evaluate and assess the quality of the
learning that
is taking place in your classroom and answer these driving
questions: How is
this student evolving as a learner? What can I do to assist this
learner on his path
to mastery?
Types of Assessment Strategies
I have chosen a variety of quick ways for you to check for
understanding and gather “evidence” of learning in your
classroom. In this book, you
will find four different types of formative assessments.
■ Summaries and Reflections Students stop and reflect, make
sense of
what they have heard or read, derive personal meaning from
their
learning experiences, and/or increase their metacognitive skills.
These
require that students use content-specific language.
■ Lists, Charts, and Graphic Organizers Students will organize
information,
make connections, and note relationships through the use of
various
graphic organizers.
■ Visual Representations of Information Students will use both
words and
pictures to make connections and increase memory, facilitating
retrieval
of information later on. This “dual coding” helps teachers
address
classroom diversity, preferences in learning style, and different
ways
of “knowing.”
■ Collaborative Activities Students have the opportunity to
move and/or
communicate with others as they develop and demonstrate their
understanding of concepts.
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
�
How to Use the Assessments in This Book
The quick formative assessments found within this book are
designed for easy implementation in any classroom. Almost all
can be used, with a little modifi-
cation, throughout grades 3–8 and across the curriculum. A few
are better for
either younger or more sophisticated learners. Each strategy is
labeled for easy
identification by grade level on the list of strategies found on
page 11.
You can choose any of the 25 quick assessments in this book to
measure
learning in your classroom. For each strategy, I will provide the
following.
■ Introduction A description of the strategy and the relevant
research behind
it. I will explain how the strategy supports differentiated
instruction.
■ Step-by-Step Instructions Steps for introducing and modeling
the strategy
for students
■ Applications Suggestions regarding what you can assess with
the strategy
In addition, for many strategies you’ll find:
■ Tips for Tiering Any ideas specific to the strategy for
supporting struggling
learners and challenging advanced learners that may not appear
in the
Introduction of this book
■ TechConnect Ideas for integrating technology with the
formative
assessment
■ Reproducibles and/or Completed Samples of Student Work
All reproducibles in the book are on the enclosed CD. I’ve also
included
variations of some forms that are only on the CD. See page 95
for a complete list
of the CD contents.
Exit Cards
One of the easiest formative assessments is the Exit Card. Exit
Cards are index
cards (or sticky notes) that students hand to you, deposit in a
box, or post on
the door as they leave your classroom. On the Exit Card, your
students have
written their names and have responded to a question, solved a
problem, or
summarized their understanding after a particular learning
experience. In a
few short minutes, you can read the responses, sort them into
groups (students
who have not yet mastered the skill, students who are ready to
apply the skill, stu-
dents who are ready to go ahead or to go deeper), and use the
data to inform the
next day’s or, even, that afternoon’s instruction.
Feedback provided by the Exit Cards frequently leads to the
formation
of a needs-based group whose members require reteaching of
the concept
in a different way. It also identifies which of your students do
not need to
participate in your planned whole-group mini-lesson, because
they are ready
to be challenged at a greater level of complexity.
Several of the formative assessments contained in this book can
be used
as Exit Cards. In the table on page 11, I have placed an asterisk
next to those
assessments that you can use as an Exit Card to quickly sort and
group students
for subsequent instruction.
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
�
Keeping Track of the Data
When you use formative assessments, you must keep track of
the data that you collect. The easiest way to observe and assess
student growth
is to walk around your room with a clipboard and sticky notes.
As you notice
acquisition of a new skill or confusion and struggle with a skill,
record the
student’s name and jot down a brief comment. Consider keeping
a folder for
each child in which you insert any notes that you make on a
daily basis. This
process will help you focus on the needs of individual students
when you
confer with each child or develop lessons for your whole class.
Another way to keep track of the data is to use a class list such
as the one on
page 8. On this sheet, you can note specific skills and record
how each student
is doing. You can use a system of check-minus, check, and
check-plus or the
numbers 4, 3, 2, 1 to indicate student proficiency with the skill.
Differentiating Instruction in Response
to Formative Assessments
Thomas R. Guskey suggests that for assessments to become an
integral part of the instructional process, teachers need to
change their approach
in three important ways. They must “1) use assessments as
sources of
information for both students and teachers, 2) follow
assessments with
high-quality corrective instruction, and 3) give students second
chances to
demonstrate success” (2007).
Once you have assessed your learners, you must take action.
You
will be able to help your students achieve success by
differentiating your
instruction based on the information you have gathered. Ask
yourself,
“Who needs my attention now? Which students need a different
approach?
Which students are not learning anything new, because I haven’t
challenged
them?” “Tiering” your activities for two or three levels of
learners is usually
what is called for after a review of assessment data. We must be
prepared
to provide both corrective activities and enrichment activities
for those
who need them. An important caveat to keep in mind, however,
is that
the follow-up, corrective instruction designed to help students
must present
concepts in new ways and engage students in different learning
experiences
that are more appropriate for them (Guskey, 2007/2008). Your
challenge
will be to find a new and different pathway to understanding.
The best
corrective activities involve a change in format, organization, or
method of
presentation (Guskey, 2007/2008).
After using any of the formative assessments contained in this
book,
you can choose from among the suggestions on page 9 to
scaffold your
struggling learners or challenge your advanced learners. The
suggestions
for struggling learners will help students during their “second-
chance”
learning on the road toward mastery. The suggestions for
advanced
learners will challenge those students who, in my opinion, are
frequently
forgotten in mixed-ability classrooms. With these easy
adjustments to your
lesson plans, you will be able to respond to the diverse
readiness needs of
students in your heterogeneous classroom.
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
�
Assessment of:
_____________________________________________________
______________
Now what? The next step . . .
Use the information gathered to design tiered activities .
See page 9 for ideas on how to tier follow-up learning activities
Students List Specific Skills: Record �, 3, 2, 1
Formative Assessment Data Collection
4= Advanced
3=Proficient
2=Developing
1=Beginning
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
�
■ Offer teacher direction (reteaching with a different
method).
■ Allow the student to work with a reading partner, study
buddy, or learning partner. (Buddy-up an English
language learner (ELL) with another student.) This will
provide peer support for collaborative learning.
■ Allow students to use class notes, textbooks, and/or other
classroom resources to complete the task.
■ Provide a model or exemplar (of a similar problem solved
or a sample of the type of writing expected).
■ Furnish step-by-step directions; break down the task.
■ Provide hints or tips.
■ Color-code different elements; highlight for focusing;
provide “masks and markers” for focused attention on
specific text.
■ Provide sentence strips, sticky labels with terms,
or manipulatives (plastic coins, Judy clocks, Unifix
cubes, fraction tiles, number lines, algebraic tiles,
calculators, etc.).
■ Provide a partially completed graphic organizer or
outline.
■ Provide out-of-sequence steps for students to reorganize.
■ Provide a cloze (fill-in-the-blank) paragraph (with or
without a word box) for students whose language is
extremely limited or for those who struggle with
grapho-motor skills.
■ Give a framed paragraph or essay (with sentence
starters to help organize the writing).
■ Provide guided questions.
■ Supply a word bank and definitions.
■ Support with visuals, diagrams, or pictures.
■ Provide words on labels for students to simply pull off
and place appropriately.
■ Allow additional time.
Scaffolding Struggling Learners
■ Design activities that are more complex, abstract,
independent, and/or multistep.
■ Pose a challenge question or task that requires them to
think beyond the concrete and obvious response (from
the newly learned material) to more abstract ideas and
new use of the information.
■ Require more complex expression of ideas: different
types of sentences, synonyms, more than one adjective or
action (verb) to describe what’s happening.
■ Require that metaphors and similes, idiomatic expres-
sions, or specific literary elements be included in their
writing.
■ Ask students to make text-to-text and text-to-world
connections (more abstract than text-to-self connections).
■ Require students to note relationships and point out con-
nections among ideas: compare and contrast; cause and
effect; problem and solution; sequence, steps, or change
over time; advantages and disadvantages; benefits; etc.
■ Ask students to tell the story from a different point of view.
■ Ask students to place themselves into the story or time
period and write from the first-person point of view.
■ Ask students to consider “What if?” scenarios.
■ Provide multistep math problems.
■ Include distracters.
■ Do not provide a visual prompt.
■ Ask students to suggest tips or hints that would help
others who struggle to make sense of the information
■ Provide a problem or model that does not work; have
students problem-solve.
■ Have students create their own pattern, graph, experi-
ment, word problem, scenario, story, poem, etc.
■ Have students use the information in a completely new
way (Design an awareness campaign about … ; Create
a flier to inform …; Write/give a speech to convince …;
Write an article to educate …; Write an ad to warn others
about …; Design a program to solve the problem of …. )
Challenging Advanced Learners
Designing Tiered Activities
Addressing Student Needs at Different Levels of Readiness
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
10
Gathering Multiple Sources of Evidence
In differentiated classrooms everywhere, a resounding mantra is
“Fair is not equal; fair is getting what you need.” Assessments
enable us to
determine what students need. But for our assessments to be
accurate,
we need multiple measures of student understanding. We need
evidence
gathered over time in different ways to evaluate how effective
the teaching
and learning process has been. Tomlinson and McTighe (2006)
suggest that
when we gather a “photo album” rather than a “snapshot” of our
students,
we can differentiate instruction based on a more accurate
evaluation of our
students’ learning needs.
I wish you success as you gather your own “photo album” of
your students
and choose from a variety of reflective, unique, and engaging
assessment
tools. This book offers you an “assessment tool kit” to choose
from as you
create a classroom that is continually more responsive to the
needs of your
diverse learners. These assessments will provide you and your
students
“evidence” of their learning and help them on their journey to
greater
achievement in school.
W ith the reauthorization of the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Act (IDEA, 2004) under No Child Left Behind,
schools are searching for ways to implement
the newly required Response to Intervention (RTI) model . This
new way of delivering
intervention to struggling students encompasses a three-tiered
model .
Tier 1 interventions include monitoring at-risk students within
the general education
classroom, ensuring that each student has access to a high-
quality education that is
matched to his or her needs . RTI focuses on improving
academic achievement by using
scientifically based instructional practices .
According to the National Association of State Directors of
Special Education (2005),
Tier 1 strategies encompass “alternative assessment which
utilizes quality interventions
matched to student needs, coupled with formative evaluation to
obtain data over time
to make critical educational decisions .” Not to be confused
with tiered activities, which
are a cornerstone of a differentiated classroom (where one
concept is taught at two
or three levels of readiness), Tier I activities are any of the in-
class interventions class-
room teachers provide to assess and monitor their at-risk
students .
The evidence-based formative assessments provided in this
book are excellent
methods for classroom teachers to measure the progress of their
Tier 1 students .
Response to Intervention (RTI)
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
25 Quick Formative Assessments
Quick Reference
11
summariEs & rEflECtions Verbal-linguistic &
interpersonalSection 1
Gr. 3–� Gr. �–� I • P •G • C Assessments TechConnect Page
#
✓ ✓ I • P •G • C ■ Dry-Erase Boards ✓ 13
✓ ✓ I ■ QuickWrite✱ ✓ 1�
✓ ✓ I ■ WriteAbout✱ ✓ 1�
✓ ✓ I ■ S-O-S Summary ✱ 1�
✓ ✓ I ■ 3-2-1 Summarizer✱ 22
✓ ✓ I ■ My Opinions Journal ✓ 2�
✓ I ■ My Textbook Page ✓ 2�
✓ G• I ■ FactStorming ✓ 32
✱ Can be used as
Exit Cards
I–Individual
P–Partner
C–Whole Class
G–Small Group
lists, Charts, and GraphiC orGanizErs logical-
MatheMaticalSection 2
Gr. 3–� Gr. �–� I • P •G • C Assessments TechConnect Page
#
✓ ✓ I ■ My Top Ten List ✱ 3�
✓ ✓ I • P •G ■ Matrix �1
✓ ✓ I ■ Noting What I’ve Learned ��
✓ ✓ I • P •G ■ List-Group-Label (LGL) ��
✓ ✓ I • P •G ■ Web Wind-Up ✓ �0
Visual rEprEsEntations of information spatial Section 3
Gr. 3–� Gr. �–� I • P •G • C Assessments TechConnect Page
#
✓ I ■ Picture Note Making ✱ ✓ �3
✓ ✓ I •G ■ QuickWrite/QuickDraw!✱ ��
✓ ✓ I ■ Unit Collage ✓ ��
✓ ✓ I ■ Photo Finish ✓ �3
✓ ✓ I ■ Filming the Ideas ✓ ��
✓ ✓ I ■ Flipbooks ✓ �3
✓ ✓ I ■ SmartCards ✱ ✓ ��
CollaboratiVE aCtiVitiEs Kinesthetic & interpersonalSection 4
Gr. 3–� Gr. �–� I • P •G • C Assessments TechConnect Page
#
✓ ✓ P ■ Turn ’n’ Talk ✓ �0
✓ P •G ■ Headline News! Summary ✓ �2
✓ ✓ C ■ Four More! ��
✓ ✓ C ■ Find Someone Who ... Review �1
✓ ✓ G•C ■ Carousel Brainstorming ✓ ��
All forms are available on the
companion CD
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
T
he strategies that follow are summaries and
written reflections. Relying heavily on verbal-
linguistic skills and focusing mostly on intrapersonal
intelligence, students are asked to reflect upon their
own learning. They must reorganize information to make
meaning for themselves. Brooks and Brooks (cited in
McLaughlin & Vogt, 2000) note that from a constructivist
point of view, learning is understood as a process that
incorporates concrete experience, collaborative discourse,
and reflection. Following are eight strategies that invite
students to summarize and reflect after their learning
experiences.
Summaries and
Reflections
Section 1
12
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
13
1. If you have a class set of dry-erase boards, have
two students pass one out to each classmate . This
assigned job can rotate and can include collecting
them at the end of the day and, occasionally, cleaning
them of any remaining ink .
2. As students record and illustrate on the boards,
pass among the desks, assessing student understand-
ing . You might carry a clipboard to make notes about
misconceptions or different ideas for sharing with
students at the end of the activity .
Step-by-Step
Dry-Erase Boards
Using dry-erase boards has been a standard strategy in
classrooms where teachers encour-
age consistent student engagement . However, there
are many classrooms where dry-erase boards sit on
shelves or in closets gathering dust, remnants of a
forgotten, or underused, technique for energizing
classrooms . Let me share an important reason for
digging them out and dusting them off .
Assessment is immediate with the use of a
dry-erase board . When students raise their boards
during class to offer responses to a question or
problem, you get on-the-spot information . You can
see if students are incorporating new knowledge,
and which areas, if any, are presenting confusion .
Depending upon your assessment of student under-
standing, you can instantly change the direction of
your lesson or reteach a part of it .
Dry-erase boards can be used for any subject . They are,
however, particularly useful for math,
language arts, and foreign-language review, practice,
and enrichment . See page 14 for a sample lesson in
language arts .
The dry-erase board is flexible and ideal for
use in a differentiated classroom . Among the myriad
tasks you can design for dry-erase boards are answer-
ing questions, solving math problems, illustrating
concepts, generating lists, composing sketches, and
creating graphic organizers .
Whenever you feel the need to reengage your
learners, you can create a brief activity with the dry-
erase boards . You can use them from time to time
throughout the day, for short practice, or for reflection .
They can be used for warm-ups, homework review,
or guided practice . They can be used by individual
students, partners, or small groups . Visual learners are
aided by the use of images and colors . Tactile-kines-
thetic learners are supported by the physicality of writ-
ing or drawing, raising the boards, and the interactive
environment they create .
You can use the boards as “Entrance Cards,” on
which students write or draw something that makes a
connection to the previous day’s lesson . This practice is
effective in activating prior knowledge, and I’ve found it
to be highly motivating as well .
Applications
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
1�
There are many teacher stores and online distributors that sell
class sets of individual dry-erase boards or
paddle dry-erase boards (with handles for easier student
use) . Do an Internet search for “dry-erase boards” and
you’ll find thousands .
Most teachers, however, have budgetary con-
straints and find that class sets are too expensive for
them to purchase (up to $100 per set) . Instead, they
make their own . It’s easy . Go to a home improvement
store and purchase one sheet of shower board—this is
the material that is placed behind the tiles in a shower .
It comes in 8' x 4' sheets and is white and shiny . One
board costs around ten dollars . Many teachers have
reported in online blogs that if you tell the salesperson
that you are a teacher, he or she will accommodate you
by cutting the board into 12" x 12" individual boards .
After having the board cut into the smaller size,
cover the edges with duct tape . Ask your students to
bring in old clean socks to serve as erasers . You will
have to supply dry-erase pens, which can last the year,
if properly taken care of (remind students to replace
caps immediately when not in use) .
After a while, the ink leaves marks that are hard
to remove from the shower board . I found an excel-
lent idea online from a teacher who suggested treating
the boards with car wax before using them to help
keep marks from becoming permanent . There are
many products that can be used every once in a
while to completely clean the boards . The savings
incurred by making the boards yourself is worth the
occasional time you or your students will need to
clean them thoroughly .
Tips for Making Your Own Dry-Erase Boards!
This activity will encourage students to write fuller,
richer sentences.
■ First, have students write a simple sentence
on their board—for example, “Damien runs” or
“Mary studies.”
■ Then, pull one card at a time from a set of cards
with the following words written on them: How?
Where? When? With whom? Why?
■ As you pull one card at a time from the box, direct
students to erase and rewrite their sentence to
include the new information.
■ Have two or three students share their sentences after
each rewriting.
Language Arts: expanding sentences
The makers of SMART Board technology have created
a new gadget that allows for on-the-spot assessment .
These interactive clickers, or Senteos, allow the
teacher to prepare an “Ask the Audience” portion
of a lesson to instantly measure and view graphs of
student understanding .
For more info: www .smarttech .com (search: Senteo) .
Using the free Web tool SurveyMonkey to assess
students is another option . Unlike the handheld de-
vices, SurveyMonkey doesn’t provide instant access to
information . However, the results can be retrieved from
the Web site or stored for later use .
A tutorial for SurveyMonkey can be found at
http://www .surveymonkey .com/Home_Videos .aspx .
TechConnect
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
1�
1. Either midway through a lesson or at the end,
provide students with a large sticky note, an index
card, or a half-sheet of paper .
2. Advise students that they will have two (or three)
minutes to reflect on what they have just learned and
write about it .
3. State the prompt you want students to respond
to . You may pose a question, ask for a summary
Step-by-Step
QuickWrite
A QuickWrite is a brief, timed writing activity . Giving students
two or three minutes
to reflect on and summarize their learning in
writing allows them to make sense of what they
have been studying .
A series of QuickWrites can be kept in a journal, allowing
students to revisit what they have learned over time . You can
collect the journals periodically and provide written feedback to
your students .
Applications
Have students create a “TalkAbout” instead of a Quick-
Write . Using a microphone connected to a computer
and the free audio-capturing software that comes with
Windows (Start/Programs/Accessories/Entertainment/
Sound Recorder), students will record their responses
to the prompts instead of writing them . For students in
a differentiated classroom who would find it easier to
speak than to write, this option would provide an
appropriate alternative assessment .
■ For about $50, teachers can purchase a Webcam to attach
to the computer so students can videotape themselves
providing the summary.
TechConnect
of the content, require a list of steps, ask for an
analysis of the work, or request the use of specific
content-area vocabulary in a wrap-up of the topic
under study . The more specific the prompt, the
better the response .
4. Have a few students share their reflections with
the class . Alternatively, you can collect the QuickWrites
as Exit Cards .
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
1�
1. At the end of your lesson, provide a WriteAbout
sheet to students (page 18) .
(TIP: If you photocopy these pages on colored paper, they will
be easy
to find later when needed for studying.)
2. Model for the class how you would complete a
WriteAbout . Depending upon the grade of your stu-
dents, you may need to model several times . Brainstorm
key words and draw a picture to represent the main
idea .
3. Demonstrate how to write a summary using the key
words on the list . Show students how you check off the
terms as you use them and circle them in your writing .
4. Let partners talk and complete a WriteAbout together .
5. After a few practice opportunities with a partner,
students should be ready to complete a WriteAbout on
their own .
6. Collect this assessment and provide feedback to
students . Provide a simple check or check-plus to
indicate the individual’s level of mastery . Share with
your class what a check or check-plus means . (A
check means that you understand most of the terms
and ideas, but still have to master others. Please notice
any circles, question marks, or questions that I have
written on your paper to help guide your next steps in
learning.)
7. Plan your instruction for the next day so that it fills
any gaps in class understanding and/or includes flexible
grouping for a follow-up tiered activity .
Step-by-Step
WriteAbout
Research has shown that summarization yields some of the
greatest leaps in comprehension
and long-term retention of information (Wormeli,
2005) . A WriteAbout is a concrete tool for summa-
rization in which students use key vocabulary terms
(the language of the content area) to synthesize their
understanding in a paragraph as well as represent
key ideas graphically . Combining both verbal-linguis-
tic and spatial intelligences, this assessment tool is a
favorite of many students .
Debra Steinroder models a
WriteAbout for her fifth-grade
students using a poster-size
version of a WriteAbout.
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
1�
The WriteAbout is also a useful tool for homework . It provides
an opportunity for students to synthe-
size the key understandings of the day’s lesson .
Keep in mind, however, that this assessment is
designed for a single concept within a larger unit .
Don’t use it, for example, to see what students have
learned about the Civil War . Use it to see what they have
learned about the Underground Railroad, the advan-
tages held by the North or South, or Reconstruction
after the war .
Teachers have used the WriteAbout paragraphs
successfully with their “Expert Groups” in a Jigsaw
review activity (See Dodge, 2005 for a more detailed
explanation about the Jigsaw Activity .) Briefly, stu-
dents are assigned a Home Base Group and each
is given a different subtopic, question, reading, or
problem to complete . They then move into Expert
Groups to work with others given the same assign-
ment . There, each student completes his own Write-
About . When he/she returns to the original Home
Base Group, each Expert contributes his/her piece
to the group’s poster on the whole topic . This poster
or product represents a group assessment . To check
for individual understanding, follow up with several
short-response questions .
Applications
Using a software program like Kid Pix or the free
paint tool that comes with Windows, students can
draw the pictures, symbols, or steps . Then, using
the paint tool found in either program, they can
write their paragraph .
I n addition to the ideas on page 9, consider the following .
To support struggling learners: Duplicate the Write-
About template with the vocabulary terms already
printed on it . (Provide definitions, if you feel they are
necessary)
Tips for Tiering!
Students use A WriteAbout to help them
process the information they have been
learning in a unit on animal adaptations.
They check off the vocabulary terms and
circle them in their writing as they use
the key words in context. (This template
is available on the CD.)
TechConnect
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
■
18
■ ■
■
Draw a picture or write symbols in
this box to summarize the topic
List Key Words about the topic
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
❑
_____________________________________________________
__
Paragraph: Summarize your learning by using the terms above
in a paragraph about the topic.
Check off the terms as you use them. Then circle the terms in
your paragraph.
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
___________________________________________
WriteAbout
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________Topic
Name
_____________________________________________________
____ Date ______________________
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
1�
S-O-S Summary
An S-O-S Summary is an assessment that can be used at any
point in a lesson .
The teacher presents a statement (S), asks the
student’s opinion (O) (whether the student agrees
or disagrees with the statement), and asks the
student to support (S) his or her opinion with
evidence . This summary can be used before or
during a unit to assess student attitudes, beliefs,
and knowledge about a topic . It can be used at
points throughout a unit or lesson to assess what
students are coming to understand about the
topic . And it can be used at the end of a unit to
see if attitudes and beliefs have been influenced
or changed as a result of new learning .
■ Read the following statement: ______________
What does it mean?
■ What’s your opinion?
Circle one: I agree I disagree
■ Support your opinion with evidence (facts, data,
reasons, examples, etc.).
S-O-S
This fifth grade student is using the S-O-S
Summary to practice writing an English Language
Arts essay on characterization—without all of
the writing. Reacting to the given statement,
she provides her opinion with brief, bulleted
responses, supporting her opinion with evidence.
(This template is available on the CD.)
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
20
The S-O-S Summary is excellent practice for essay writing
without all of the writing . It helps students
choose a point of view and support it with evidence
presented in brief bulleted points . Teachers can
use it frequently because it requires much less
time than an essay—both to write and to assess .
The S-O-S Summary is also good practice
for students who are required to complete DBQs
(document-based questions) in social studies,
write critical-lens essays in English Language
Arts, or ponder ethical dilemmas in science .
Each of these tasks requires students to take a
stand on a particular issue and support their point
of view with evidence, facts, and examples .
Applications
I n addition to the ideas on page 9, consider the following .
To challenge advanced learners: If you have a ma-
ture class, capable of independent, critical thinking,
you can make this activity more complex . Ask half of
the class to agree with the statement and the other
half to disagree with it; have students complete an
S-O-S Summary from their assigned viewpoint .
Then hold a debate . Have the two groups stand on
opposite sides of the room with their S-O-S Summary
in hand and encourage the two sides to defend their
opinions orally by using all of the facts, data, and
examples they have written . Then, ask students to
return to their seats and write the very best argument
they can for the opposite viewpoint . This is an excellent
exercise for developing listening skills; arguing
from a particular viewpoint; and deconstructing
conflicts in literature, history, and everyday life .
Tips for Tiering!
1. Provide students with an S-O-S Summary sheet
(page 21) .
2. Write a statement (not a question!) on the board
for students to copy . This activity works best when the
statement is one which can be argued from two points
of view (see sample statements in box below) .
3. Give students five minutes to agree or disagree
with the statement by listing facts, data, reasons,
examples, and so on that they have learned from class
discussion, reading, or media presentations .
4. Collect the S-O-S Summary sheet to assess
student understanding .
5. Make decisions about the next day’s instruction .
Step-by-Step
■ The main character is a hero.
■ Recycling is not necessary in our community.
■ If you are young, it’s not important to have good
health habits.
■ The city is the best place to live.
■ The Industrial Revolution produced only positive
effects on society.
■ You don’t need to know math to live comfortably
in the world.
Sample Statements
25 Q
uick Form
ative A
ssessm
ents for a D
ifferentiated C
lassroom
©
Judith D
odge, Scholastic T
eaching R
esources
21
■
■
■
■ S-O-S Summary
Read the following
statement:____________________________________________
__________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
What does it
mean?_______________________________________________
_________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
What’s your opinion? Circle one: I agree I disagree
Support your opinion with evidence (facts, reasons, examples,
etc.).
■
■
■
Name
_____________________________________________________
____ Date ______________________
Read the following
statement:____________________________________________
__________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
What does it
mean?_______________________________________________
_________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
What’s your opinion? Circle one: I agree I disagree
Support your opinion with evidence (facts, reasons, examples,
etc.).
■
■
■
Name
_____________________________________________________
___ Date ______________________
✁
25
Q
ui
ck
F
or
m
at
iv
e
A
ss
es
sm
en
ts
fo
r a
D
if
fe
re
nt
ia
te
d
C
la
ss
ro
om
©
J
ud
ith
D
od
ge
, S
ch
ol
as
tic
T
ea
ch
in
g
R
es
ou
rc
es
NOTES/Classroom Assessments and Grading That Work.pdf
Classroom Assessment and Grading
That Work
One Day Overview
Author: Robert J. Marzano
Presenter:
B. McGarvey
Marzano Research Lab
[email protected]
January, 2009
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 1
1
Classroom Assessment & Grading
From Research to Practice
2Resources
Designing
& Assessing
Educational
Objectives
Applying the New Taxonomy
Robert J. Marzano
John S. Kendall
Nature of Knowledge
& Learning
Assessment & Grading
3
1. If changes in classroom formative assessment and grading are
going to work and be sustained, all aspects of the system of
curriculum, instruction, and assessment must work together.
2. The flaws in the present system are significant
and they profoundly influence students.
3. There is a compelling body of research, as well as
massive anecdotal evidence, that support changing
formative assessment & grading practices to
significantly enhance students’ learning.
4. It is possible, and feasible, to gradually change our
classroom formative assessment and grading practices.
LEARNING GOALS: “Understandings”
Participants will increase understanding of the following:
4
6. To track student learning on academic
topics
LEARNING GOALS: “Skills”
Participants will increase their ability:
7. To provide students with a clear picture of
their progress on specific learning goals
and how they might improve
5. To identify academic topics
8. To use a grading scale that provides
consistent feedback and encourages
students to improve.
5
I. INTRODUCTION:
ŹWelcome - Outcomes ‘n Agenda
ŹPrime-the-Pump!
II. CREATING DISEQUILIBRIUM!
ŹFlaws in the Current System
ŹThe Research on Feedback
ŹAccountability in Education
Why
Change?
II. TRACKING STUDENT PROGRESS
ŹAbout Learning Goals
ŹCharting Progress
ŹSeparating out Academic and Non-Academic Feedback
What
Changes?
6
III. UNPACKING the STANDARDS (A new format!!)
ŹMeasurement Topics
- In a Scoring Scale Format
- From Points & Percentages to Rubrics
THIS ALL ORGANIZES THE CURRICULUM
IN A SCORING SCALE FORMAT….
clear and useful!
What
Changes?
☺
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 2
7
IV. GRADING PRACTICES…..Formative Feedback
ŹAssigning Topic Grades
ŹAssigning Final Grades for Academic Topics
and Non-Academic Factors
ŹAbout Averaging….About Zeroes!
ŹReporting Out
Progress Reports….Report Cards…Transcripts
ŹPolicy Work
What
Changes?
V. CLOSING:
ŹReflecting on the Days
- Insights - Questions - Next Steps
8
Why
Do We Need
to Make Changes?
Creating Disequilibrium!
1. Flaws in the current Grading System
Three areas that underscore the need to change our feedback
system:
2. The Research on Effective Feedback
3. Accountability in Education
10
FLAWS IN THE
CURRENT
SYSTEM
11
“GRADES” – From the Students’ Point of View
MIDDLE SCHOOL GIRL: I’d like the report cards to be, like,
so
if you let’s say out of the 9 weeks that we were doing it before
we
get our report card; we’re working on this one certain thing in
math and we get let’s say a “D” and then we get a “C” a “B”
and
an “A”. And then on the report card, I think we should get our
best
grade.
HIGH SCHOOL GIRL: I have photography class and I have
taken
it for three years and I took it again. And I have an “A+” in
that
class and I know nothing. I have never done anything. I don’t
show him any work. He gave me an “A”. We just talk all the
time
and I don’t think it is fair ‘cause other kids, like, do stuff and
they
don’t get a good grade or anything and I feel bad. Then I have
an
English class where I turn in all my work and I don’t have a
good
grade at all. And she just, like, – it goes on favorites with her.
If
you’re her favorite, she’ll give you an “A”. If you’re not, she
won’t pass you or whatever.
12
PARENT: Recently we got a letter from the results of the
“turnover
testing” that the kids have to take. And it said that they were
congratulating my husband and I on my son being the third
smartest or
most intelligent child in his age group for the nation. And yet
when I
look at my son’s report card he’s an average - there are average
grades
– C’s a few B’s
HIGH SCHOOL BOY: Say a math teacher teaches you just how
to do a
problem, then he’ll give you a homework set with those
problems on ‘em.
You have to, like, go home and do it and then the next day he
comes and
grades you. And you just have one night to listen, and maybe
you didn’t
understand it, or you need more help, and there wasn’t enough
class
time. And you try to go home and do the problem; you can’t,
and then,
the next day have to turn it in and they grade it and they count
you off
‘cause you didn’t know how to do it or you are just practicing
and but
then you may start to get it later on, but then, you got a bad
grade on it
the first time you did it and maybe now you got a good grade
but it still
lowers it down because the first time you may not have known
what you
were doing
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 3
13
MIDDLE SCHOOL GIRL: Well, when I get a “D” on my
report card, sometimes I get scared ‘cause it’s, like, well, what
am I going to do. What is it that I am doing wrong. And then I
try to figure out what I am doing wrong so I can improve on it.
ELEMENTARY BOY: I think it would be good if they gave us
two grades because we want to know if we’re smart in class and
we want to know if we’re doing good in class.
HIGH SCHOOL BOY: I think that the teachers should spend
more time on one lab instead of trying to move so fast. I think
basically their goal is not to teach sometimes their goal is to
just
get the book or get whatever you are going through done.
(Interviewer: What do you wish they would do different?)
Slow
down! And, like, make sure each kid knows what they’re doing.
And like, put more into the class or just put more into each
student than into one big class.
14
HIGH SCHOOL GIRL: I don’t think my report card grades were
fair at all because I had to miss some school for a family
problem
and I would still get in all the work and stuff and they
didn’t…they
wouldn’t…they’d give me, like, a really bad grade and I would
show
them and tell them what was going on and they didn’t seem to,
like,
give any affection to whatever, you are like any other student
and you
can just turn it in and it doesn’t matter what is happening.
ELEMENTARY BOY: In art, where I’d be trying my best, and
she
was just giving me C’s and D minuses and stuff. And, I didn’t
know
what she wanted me to do ‘cause I was just trying as hard as I
could.
Then, the last semester, she gave me one C and two B’s.
ELEMENTARY GIRL: It depends on our attitude and our
behavior. So, they write down what they think of us. It isn’t,
like,
they just that they write down what they are supposed to. I
think it is
good that we fail because we are talking because we know they
said
be quiet and don’t talk.
15
PARENT: I think grades are very detrimental to the children. I
have kids that are, that school is very easy to and I have
children
that are in the learning handicap program. I think the comments
are very essential on the report cards, but, I think, the grades
are
very opinionated. I have had some kids come home from
school, do
no homework at all, and get an A in the class and the same, and
then another child in the same class, struggle, struggle, and
struggle, work and work and work and do poorly in the class
because of personality conflicts.
HIGH SCHOOL GIRL: A lot of times they, like, rush so hard,
like,
teach you so many things. That, like, it just blows by, like math
and
stuff. I learned Algebra and Geometry and I have no idea how
to do
it now. It’s…I learned it back then and got a good grade. But,
it’s…they try to put too much in and teach you too much, like,
just
to get it done for their curriculum or whatever their reasoning
is.
16
(that you see!)
in the Current Grading System
…and so…..What’s the Fix??
Activity
List the Flaws
The definition of Grading
in Standards-Based Education
Grades are FEEDBACK
to the Learner on the
degree to which he/she
has the knowledge in
standards (benchmarks,
indicators, learning
goals…etc) at a
particular point in time.
18
THE THREE
PARADIGM SHIFTS FOR GRADING
IN A STANDARDS-BASED EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
1. Our purpose is to develop talent – not to sort and select
talent.
2. Grades as a feedback system vs a rewards/punishment
system
3. Mass customization of education vs mass production of
education
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 4
19
Why
Do We Need
to Make Changes?
Creating Disequilibrium!
1. Flaws in the current Grading System
Three areas that underscore the need to change our feedback
system:
2. The Research on Effective Feedback
3. Accountability in Education
21
THE RESEARCH
ON
FEEDBACK
22
John Hattie
(reviewed 7,827 studies on learning and instruction)
Conclusion… “The most powerful single
innovation that enhances achievement is
feedback. The simplest prescription for
improving education must be ‘dollops’ of
feedback.”
…reported that providing students with specific
information about their standing in terms of
particular objectives increased their
achievement by 37 percentile points.
23
9. Home Atmosphere
10. Learned Intelligence and
Prior Knowledge
11. Motivation & Interest
Student
6. Instruction
7. Classroom Management
8. Curriculum Design
Teacher
1. Guaranteed and Viable Curriculum
2. Clear Goals and Effective Feedback
3. Parent & Community Involvement
4. Safe & Orderly Climate
5. Staff Collegiality & Professionalism
School
WHAT WORKS IN SCHOOLSFactors That Influence
LEARNING
24
Identifying similarities and differences
Summarizing and note taking
Reinforcing effort and providing recognition
Homework and practice
Nonlinguistic representations
Cooperative learning
Setting objectives and providing feedback
Generating and testing hypotheses
Cues, questions, and advance organizers
Instructional Strategies That Influence
LEARNING
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 5
25
1. Feedback should be “corrective” in
nature.
2. Feedback should be timely.
3. Feedback should be specific to a
criterion.
4. Students can effectively provide their
own feedback.
Generalizations from the Research
on “Providing Feedback”
26
%
ile
im
pr
ov
em
en
t i
nc
re
as
e
0
20
80
100
40
60
Starting percentile
50th
Starting percentile
50th
Teacher
assessment
effectiveness
Student
Achievement
Increase of 34%ile
to 84%ile 13%ile increase
to 63%ile
Impact of improving……………….
classroom assessment effectiveness
27
%
ile
im
pr
ov
em
en
t i
nc
re
as
e
0
20
80
100
40
60
Starting percentile
50th
Starting percentile
50th
Teacher
assessment
effectiveness
Student
Achievement
28%ile increase
to 78%ile
Increase to
99th
percentile
Impact of improving……………….
classroom assessment effectiveness
28
Like most things in education, classroom assessment enhances
student achievement under certain conditions only (Marzano)
# 1. Feedback from classroom assessments should provide
students
with a clear picture of: - their progress on learning goals, and
- how they might improve
# 2. Feedback from classroom assessment should encourage
students to improve.
# 3. Classroom assessment should be formative in nature.
# 4. Formative classroom assessments should be quite
frequent.
The Conditions (hmm – criteria):
29
Feedback from classroom assessments should
provide students with a clear picture of:
- their progress on learning goals, and
- how they might improve
Condition # 1
30
# of studies Characteristic of Feedback from
Classroom Assessment
Percentile
Gain/Loss
6 Right/wrong -3
39 Provide correct answers 8.5
30 Criteria understood by
student vs. not understood
16
9 Explain 20
4 Student reassessed until
correct
20
Bangert-Drowns, Kulik, Kulik, & Morgan, 1991
Which Assessment/Feedback works Best?
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 6
31
# of studies Characteristic of Feedback from
Classroom Assessment
Percentile
Gain/Loss
89 Displaying results
graphically
26
49 Evaluation by rule
[uniform way of interpreting
results of classroom
assessments using a tight
logic)
3249 Evaluation
by Rule
32
Fuchs & Fuchs 1988
Uniform way of interpreting results of
classroom assessments using a tight logic
Which Assessment/Feedback works Best?
32
Failure avoidant
Feels controlled
by external
forces
Success oriented
Believes success
results from
effort.
Feedback from classroom
assessments should
encourage students to
improve.
Condition # 2
33
FormativeFrequent
Condition # 3 Condition # 4
34
Formative assessments are defined as
any activity that can be used to
“provide information to be used
as feedback to modify the
teaching and learning activities in
which [students’] engage.”
(Black and William as quoted in Marzano)
35
Why
Do We Need
to Make Changes?
Creating Disequilibrium!
1. Flaws in the current Grading System
Three areas that underscore the need to change our feedback
system:
2. The Research on Effective Feedback
3. Accountability in Education
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 7
37
ACCOUNTABILITY
IN EDUCATION
38
Complex
Reasoning
Standards
Exit
Outcomes
Content
Standards
In our schools, students are:
with this content
knowledge
to practice getting better at these
life-long learning habits
doing these kinds
of things
Un
its
of
Stu
dy Effective Communicator
Collaborative Worker
Involved Citizen
Quality Producer
Complex Thinker
Knowledgeable Person
Self-directed Learner
What Do We Want Our Students to Know, Be Able To Do, and
Be Like?
39
Complex
Reasoning
Standards
Content
Standards
Life-long
Learning
Standards
Evid
ence
Of
Stud
ent
Lea
rnin
g
© 1995, B. McGarvey, South Portland, Maine
40
Complex
Reasoning
Standards
Content
Standards
Life-long
Learning
Standards
Evid
ence
Of
Stud
ent
Lea
rnin
g
© 1995, B. McGarvey, South Portland, Maine
Basic Literacy……………..In-depth Understanding
Sources
of Evidence
(data)??
ASSESSING STUDENT LEARNING
DISTRICT
ASSESSMENTS
• Screenings
• Standardized Tests
• Performance
Assessments and
Demonstrations
STATE
ASSESSMENT
• MEA
CLASSROOM
ASSESSMENTS
• Products
• Performances
• Portfolio
• Tests, Quizzes
• Observations
41
What Changes
Do We Need
to Make?
42
A G
rad
ual
Tra
nsfo
rma
tion
Use Formative
Assessment to
Monitor and
Encourage
Student
Learning
Establish Grading
Practices
(Policies) that
Accurately
Reflect Student
Learning
Continuously
Monitor Student
Learning and
Adjust Learning
Experiences
Accordingly
Align Reporting
Forms &
Procedures to
the Grading
Practices
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4The Changes!
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 8
43
Use Formative
Assessment to
Monitor and
Encourage
Student
Learning
Establish Grading
Practices
(Policies) that
Accurately
Reflect Student
Learning
Continuously
Monitor Student
Learning and
Adjust Learning
Experiences
Accordingly
Align Reporting
Forms &
Procedures to
the Grading
Practices
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Track
Learning
Goals
Formative
Feedback
Grading
Policies
Report
Card
(etc)
A G
rad
ual
Tra
nsfo
rma
tion
The Changes!
44
TRACK
STUDENT PROGRESS
on Learning Goals!
45
Setting specific goals for student
achievement and then tracking
progress regarding those goals is
one of the most powerful actions a
teacher, school, or district can take.
Marzano on:
Setting Specific Goals + Tracking Progress
46
First….
About Learning Goals
We
did
thi
s y
este
rda
y!
47
TRACK
STUDENT PROGRESS
on Learning Goals!
48
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 9
49
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
50
4 I have everything described in level 3, AND I go beyond what
was directly taught in class.
3 I have all the simple information, AND I have no major errors
on the complex knowledge directly taught in class.
2 I have the simple, yet important information, BUT I have
major errors on the more complex knowledge.
1 I make major mistakes. I just don’t understand it yet.
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
51
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
52
a________________
b________________
c________________
d________________
Tracking My Own Learning
Student Name______________________ Date__________
Topic
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
My score at beginning:_______________ My goal:_________
by ______________
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
0
a b c d e f g h
e________________
f_________________
g________________
h________________
Pretest 2/12 (48%)
Quiz 2/19 (60%)
Quiz 2/15 (60%)
53
D
at
e_
_9
/1
7_
D
at
e_
9/
24
_
D
at
e_
10
/1
_
D
at
e_
10
/2
0_
D
at
e_
10
/3
1_
D
at
e_
11
/1
5_
D
at
e_
__
__
__
D
at
e_
__
__
_
4
3
2
1
My Progress in Writing Process—Content and Organization
Goal
Achievement
Effort
Behavior
APP6.2
54
What are they learning? How well are
they learning?
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 10
55
World
Literature
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
56
AP Calculus
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
57
Economics
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
58
Economics
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
59
What are they learning? How well are
they learning?
Student Name Johnny Doe Language Art Grade so far
this quarter: C
LANGUAGE ARTS LEARNING GOAL
4-A Exceeds grade level standard 2-C Below grade level
standard
3-B Meets grade level standard 1-D Significantly below
grade level standard
0-F—Not enough worked complete to provide a score
WRITING (focus has been on persuasive writing)
1. Organizes ideas for writing 2+ (C+)
2. Edits for grammar and conventions 3- (B-)
3. Writing shows strong voice and word choice 3 (B)
READING (focus has been on short stories for fiction,
biography for non-fiction)
1. Understands and uses what is read—fiction 4 (A)
2. Understands and uses what is read—non-fiction 3- (B-)
LITERATURE (focus has been on short stories)
1. Understands characteristics of major types of literature 2+
(C+)
2. Understands literary elements such as plot, character 2 (C)
ACCESSING AND USING INFORMATION
1. Understands characteristics of information resources Not
graded this period
2. Finds, selects, organizes, and uses information Not graded
this period
WORK HABITS
4-A Consistently 2-C Inconsistently
3-B Generally 1-D Seldom
1. Gets work in on time 1 (D)
2. Follows directions 1 (D)
3. Participates in, and contributes to, class 3 (B)
4. Completes class assignments 3 (B)
5. Completes homework 1 (D)
6. Puts effort into work 2 (C)
Johnny Doe’s grade for Learning Goals -- 2.7-- (B-)
W ork Habits -- 1.8-- (C-)
Overall 2.2 --(C)
Johnny has a list of assignments, the scores on each, and the
missing work.
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
60
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 11
Continuously Monitor Student Progress
Tracking Progress
and
Separate Academic &
Non-Academic Factors
Janie
Jamal
Josh
Students
Assignments
and
Assessments
Standard
Topics
4.04.0
2.02.02.02.02.02.04.02.04.04.03.5
3.53.5
3.02.51.53.03.02.52.53.53.02.01.0
3.53.5
2.02.02.03.02.52.51.53.53.03.02.5
Writing--Org Writing-Mech Rdg. Comp.
Work
Completion
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
2
--
10
/7
A
ss
ig
n
3
10
/1
1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n
5
10
/2
5
W
k.
1
0/
15
W
k
10
/1
W
k.
1
0/
23
W
k.
1
0/
8
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n.
6
--
10
/2
8
A
ss
ig
n
7
10
/3
0
A
ss
ig
n.
3
–
10
1
1
A
ss
ig
n.
11
/1
A
ss
ig
n
10
1
1/
4
Janie
Jamal
Josh
Students
Assignments
and
Assessments
Standard
Topics
4.04.0
2.02.02.02.02.02.04.02.04.04.03.5
3.53.5
3.02.51.53.03.02.52.53.53.02.01.0
3.53.5
2.02.02.03.02.52.51.53.53.03.02.5
Writing--Org Writing-Mech Rdg. Comp.
Work
Completion
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
2
--
10
/7
A
ss
ig
n
3
10
/1
1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n
5
10
/2
5
W
k.
1
0/
15
W
k
10
/1
W
k.
1
0/
23
W
k.
1
0/
8
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n.
6
--
10
/2
8
A
ss
ig
n
7
10
/3
0
A
ss
ig
n.
3
–
10
1
1
A
ss
ig
n.
11
/1
A
ss
ig
n
10
1
1/
4
Writing
Org.
Writing
Mech.
Reading
Compr.
C
om
pletion
Janie
Jamal
Josh
Students
Assignments
and
Assessments
Standard
Topics
4.04.0
2.02.02.02.02.02.04.02.04.04.03.5
3.53.5
3.02.51.53.03.02.52.53.53.02.01.0
3.53.5
2.02.02.03.02.52.51.53.53.03.02.5
Work On
Time
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
2
--
10
/7
A
ss
ig
n
3
10
/1
1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n
5
10
/2
5
W
k.
1
0/
15
W
k
10
/1
W
k.
1
0/
23
W
k.
1
0/
8
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n.
6
--
10
/2
8
A
ss
ig
n
7
10
/3
0
A
ss
ig
n.
3
–
10
1
1
A
ss
ig
n.
11
/1
A
ss
ig
n
10
1
1/
4
Colonization Conflicts in Hist. Writing Org.
Janie
Jamal
Josh
Students
Assignments
and
Assessments
Standard
Topics
4.04.0
2.02.02.02.02.02.04.02.04.04.03.5
3.53.5
3.02.51.53.03.02.52.53.53.02.01.0
3.53.5
2.02.02.03.02.52.51.53.53.03.02.5
Work On
Time
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
2
--
10
/7
A
ss
ig
n
3
10
/1
1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n
5
10
/2
5
W
k.
1
0/
15
W
k
10
/1
W
k.
1
0/
23
W
k.
1
0/
8
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n.
6
--
10
/2
8
A
ss
ig
n
7
10
/3
0
A
ss
ig
n.
3
–
10
1
1
A
ss
ig
n.
11
/1
A
ss
ig
n
10
1
1/
4
Colonization Conflicts in Hist. Writing Org.
Coloniza
tion
Conflicts
in
History
Writing
Org.
W
ork on Tim
e
Janie
Jamal
Josh
Students
Assignments
and
Assessments
Standard
Topics
4.04.0
2.02.02.02.02.02.04.02.04.04.03.5
3.53.5
3.02.51.53.03.02.52.53.53.02.01.0
3.53.5
2.02.02.03.02.52.51.53.53.03.02.5
Homework
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
2
--
10
/7
A
ss
ig
n
3
10
/1
1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n
5
10
/2
5
W
k.
1
0/
15
W
k
10
/1
W
k.
1
0/
23
W
k.
1
0/
8
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n.
6
--
10
/2
8
A
ss
ig
n
7
10
/3
0
A
ss
ig
n.
3
–
10
1
1
A
ss
ig
n.
11
/1
A
ss
ig
n
10
1
1/
4
Ecosystems. Adaptation Sci. Inquiry
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 12
Janie
Jamal
Josh
Students
Assignments
and
Assessments
Standard
Topics
4.04.0
2.02.02.02.02.02.04.02.04.04.03.5
3.53.5
3.02.51.53.03.02.52.53.53.02.01.0
3.53.5
2.02.02.03.02.52.51.53.53.03.02.5
Homework
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
2
--
10
/7
A
ss
ig
n
3
10
/1
1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n
5
10
/2
5
W
k.
1
0/
15
W
k
10
/1
W
k.
1
0/
23
W
k.
1
0/
8
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
1
A
ss
ig
n.
6
--
10
/2
8
A
ss
ig
n
7
10
/3
0
A
ss
ig
n.
3
–
10
1
1
A
ss
ig
n.
11
/1
A
ss
ig
n
10
1
1/
4
Ecosystems. Adaptation Sci. Inquiry
Eco-
systems
Adapta-
tion
Science
Inquiry
W
ork on Tim
e
68
•Identify one grade level (or course) learning goal per quarter or
per
semester for each of the following subject areas: mathematic,
reading,
writing, science, and social studies.
•Construct a rubric, or other type of common scale, for each
learning
goal.
•Have teachers formally and informally assess each learning
goal at least
once every two weeks keeping track of each student’s score on
each
learning goal. (Use of appropriate computer software is highly
recommended)
•Have students keep track of their progress on each goal and use
the
data as the basis for teacher/student interactions about student
progress.
•Periodically aggregate the data by grade level. Have teachers
meet to
discuss student progress and how it might be improved.
Continuous Monitoring of Student Achievement
69
WHEN students learn something
is more important than whether
they learn it well.
WHETHER students LEARN
something WELL is more
important than when they learn
it. 70
Guaranteed & Viable
Curriculum
SCHOOL (DISTRICT) FACTOR
71
The Importance of Standards
In the recounting of our nation’s drive toward
educational reform, the last decade of [the
20th] century will undoubtedly be identified as
a time when a concentrated press for national
educational standards emerged.
Glaser and Linn (1993)
72
Okay! We are going to say it:
……there is a problem with standards!
It’s the biggest
elephant in the
room for K-12
education……
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 13
73
Another title for this presentation
could have been…
The Most Important Thing
Districts (a state?)
Can Do Right Now
to Help Classroom
Teachers
74
The Problem with Standards:
Too much content
75
The
Guaranteed and Viable Curriculum
should identify
the essential knowledge
for the topics at each grade level
Does Yours??? 76
If you wanted to teach all of the standards in the
national documents, you would have to change
schooling from K-12 to K-22 .
• 255 standards across 14 subject areas
• 3,500 benchmarks
• @ 5 hrs/benchmark….17,500 of class time
is needed
• 13,000 hours of class time available
• 9,000 hours of instruction available
29% - 69%
77
What do we do?
Make Standards Useful
(Marzano)
Making Standards Useful:
Unpack Standards
Identify Measurement
Topics
5
5
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 14
79
GOALS of unpacking the standards:
- to decrease the amount of content!
- to identify measurement topics
Why “measurement topics?”
80
Marzano:
“….articulating measurement topics
makes it easier to develop formative
classroom assessments. It also
clearly delineates what teachers are
to address from one grade level to
the next.”
81
“Unpacking” is an opportunity:
1. to delete content that is not considered
essential;
2. to delete content that is not amendable
to classroom assessment;
3. to combine content that is highly
related.
82
TOPIC TOPIC TOPIC
CONTENT STANDARD
• Benchmark
• Benchmark
• Benchmark
• Benchmark
Reporting Students’ Progress
Too broad
for feedback
Too many, not
feasible
83
TOPIC TOPIC TOPIC
CONTENT STANDARD LIFE SKILLS
TOPIC TOPIC
Measurement topics need to include life skills (e.g.,
participation, work completion, behavior, working in
groups).
Reporting Students’ Progress
84
Measurement Topics
(Examples)
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 15
85
STANDARD: Reading
– Reading for Main Idea
– Word Recognition and
Vocabulary
– Literary Analysis
– Genre
Sample Language Arts Reporting Topics
STANDARD: Writing
– Research and
Information
Organization
– Drafting and Revising
– Format
– Audience and Purpose
– Word Processing
86
STANDARD:
Language
– Spelling
– Language
Mechanics
– Language
Conventions
Sample Language Arts Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Speaking and Listening
– Oral Comprehension
– Analysis and
Evaluation of Oral
Media
– Speaking Applications
87
STANDARD:
Numbers and Operations
– Number Sense and Number
Systems
– Basic Addition and
Subtraction
– Basic Multiplication and
Division
– Operations, Computation,
and Estimation
Sample Mathematics Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Geometry
– Lines, Angles, and
Geometric Objects
– Transformations,
Congruency, and
Similarity
88
STANDARD:
Measurement
– Measurement
Systems
– Perimeter,
Area, and
Volume
Mathematics Reporting TopicsSample Mathematics Reporting
Topics
STANDARD:
Algebra
– Basic Patterns
– Functions and
Equations
– Algebraic
Representations
and
Mathematical
Models
STANDARD:
Data Analysis
& Probability
– Data
Organization
and
Interpretation
– Probability
89
Sample Science Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Earth & Space Science
– Atmospheric Processes
and the Water Cycle
– Composition and
Structure of the Earth
– Composition and
Structure of the
Universe and the
Earth’s Place in It
STANDARD:
Life Sciences
– Principles of Heredity and
Related Concepts
– Structure and Function of
Cells and Organisms
– Relationships Among
Organisms and Their
Physical Environment
– Biological Evolution and
Diversity of Life
90
STANDARD:
Physical Sciences
– Structure and
Properties of Matter
– Sources and Properties
of Energy
– Forces and Motion
Sample Science Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Nature of Science
– Nature of Scientific
Inquiry
– Scientific Enterprise
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 16
91
STANDARD:
Citizenship, Government
& Democracy
– Rights, Responsibilities,
and Participation in the
Political Process
– The U.S. and State
Constitutions
– The Civil and Criminal
Legal Systems
Sample Social Studies Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Culture &
Cultural Diversity
– The Nature and
Influence of Culture
92
Sample Social Studies Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Economics
– The Nature and
Function of
Economic
Systems
– Economics
Throughout the
World
– Personal
Economics
STANDARD:
History
– Significant
Individuals
and Events
– Current
Events and
the Modern
World
STANDARD:
Geography
– Spatial
Thinking the
Use of Charts,
Maps, and
Graphs
93
STANDARD:
Creative
Expression
– Elements of
Music
(Mechanics)
– Emotional
Impact
Sample Music Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Health
Cultural
Heritage
– Music of
Cultures
– Music in
History
STANDARD:
Criticism &
Aesthetics
– Quality of
Musical
Works
– Personal
Preferences
94
STANDARD:
Creative
Expression
– Elements and
Principles of
Design
– Techniques &
Methods
– Relationships
Among Art
Forms
– Personal &
Professional
Benefits
Sample Art Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Health
Cultural
Heritage
– Art History
– Art in
Cultures
STANDARD:
Criticism &
Aesthetics
– Characteristics
& Merits of Art
– Personal
Preferences
95
STANDARD:
Person-to-Person
Communication
– Informal Communication
Strategies
– Formal Communication
Strategies
–
Sample Foreign Language Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Reading,
Listening, Viewing
– Comprehension
96
STANDARD:
Oral & Written
Presentations
–
Comprehensibility
Sample Foreign Language Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Workings
of Language
– Language
Control
– Vocabulary
STANDARD:
Cultural
Practices,
Products,
Perspectives
– Cultural
Practices &
Perspectives
– Cultural
Connections
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 17
97
STANDARD:
Health Promotion &
Disease Prevention
– Components of Health
– Health Problems
– Influences on Health
Sample Health Reporting Topics
STANDARD: Health
Information,
Services &
Products
– Identifying Resources
– Evaluating Resources
– Accessing Resources
98
STANDARD:
Risk Reduction
– Safety
– Coping
Strategies
Sample Health Reporting Topics
STANDARD:
Communication
Skills
– Listening
Strategies
– Self-Expression
Strategies
– Conflict
Resolution
Strategies
STANDARD:
Wellness
Planning
– Self-
Assessment
– Decision-
Making
– Goal-Setting
99
STANDARD:
Life Skills
– Participation
– Work Completion
– Behavior
– Working in Groups
Sample Life Skills Reporting Topics
100
MEASUREMENT
TOPICS IN SCORING
SCALE FORMAT
(Make Them Useful!)
5 SIMPLE (but important) KNOWLEDGE
5 COMPLEX KNOWLEDGE
101
Your Topic of Study _________________
List the knowledge that you want students
to get as a result of the activities in this
unit of study.
102
Your Topic of Study _________________
COMPLEX
Knowledge
for this topic
SIMPLE,
but Important
Knowledge
for this topic
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 18
103
TOPIC of study for a particular grade
Complex
Knowledge
for this topic
Simple, but
Important
Knowledge
for this topic
Knows:
Terms and Details
Understands:
Organizing Ideas
(generalizations, concepts,
principles)
104
TOPIC: American Civil War
Complex
Knowledge
for this topic
Simple, but
Important
Knowledge
for this topic
An understanding of:
- Civil wars can be the cruelest wars because every
victory may also be a self-inflicted wound.
- Civil wars can leave scars that influence all
aspects of the society (political, social/cultural,
economic).
• Recognize and recall basic terms such as:
Civil War, Emancipation Proclamation, Robert E. Lee,
Ulysses S. Grant; union, rebels, Gettysburg
• Recognize/recall isolated details such as:
- The American Civil War was fought from 1861…
- The major causes were…
Grade 8
105
TOPIC: Atmospheric Processes & Water Cycle
Complex
Knowledge
for this topic
Simple, but
Important
Knowledge
for this topic
An understanding of:
- How the water cycle processes (condensation, precipitation,
surface run-off, percolation, evaporation) impact climate
changes
- The effects of temperature & pressure in different layers of
Earth’s atmosphere
• Recognize and recall basic terms such as:
climactic patterns, atmospheric layers, stratosphere,
troposphere
• Recognize/recall isolated details such as:
- Precipitation is one of the processes of the water
cycle
- The troposphere is one of the lowest portions of the
earth’s atmosphere
Gr. 8
106
TOPIC of study for a particular grade
Complex
Knowledge
for this topic
Simple, but
Important
Knowledge
for this topic
Knows:
Terms and Details
(related to the skills & processes)
Is able to:
Skills and Processes
(psychomotor and mental)
107
TOPIC: Accessing Information
Complex
Knowledge
for this topic
Simple, but
Important
Knowledge
for this topic
Is skilled at:
- Searching Internet using keywords in a Google search—
focus on narrowing search
• Recognize and recall basic terms such as:
Internet, Google, keywords, search
Grade 8
108
TOPIC: Map Reading
Complex
Knowledge
for this topic
Simple, but
Important
Knowledge
for this topic
Is be skilled at:
- Reading and interpreting symbols
• Recognize and recall basic terms such as:
topographical map, map legend or map key, symbols…..
Grade 5
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 19
109
TOPIC: Work Completion
Complex
Knowledge
for this topic
Simple, but
Important
Knowledge
for this topic
Is be skilled at:
- Handing in assignments that meet format requirements
- Developing and implementing basic time-management
plans for assignments
- Completing assignments on time and providing acceptable
explanations when assignments are not handed in on time.
• Recognize and recall basic details such
as:
- Knows the format requirements for assignments
- Knows the elements of basic time-management plans
- Knows deadlines for assignments
Grades 6 - 8
110
MARZANO’S
GENERIC SCALE
111
4
3
2
1
0
A generic scale
for measurement topics
The student’s responses
demonstrate no major errors or
omissions regarding any of the
complex information and/or
processes
THAT WERE
EXPLICITY TAUGHT
3
112
4
3
The student’s responses demonstrate no major errors or
omissions
regarding any of the information and/or processes
2
1
0
The student’s responses indicate
major errors or omissions regarding
the more complex ideas and
processes; however they do not
indicate major errors or omissions
relative to the simpler details and
processes THAT WERE
EXPLICITLY TAUGHT
A generic scale
for measurement topics
2
113
4
3
The student’s responses demonstrate no major errors or
omissions
regarding any of the information and/or processes
2
The student’s responses indicate major errors or omissions
regarding the more complex ideas and processes; however they
do
not indicate major errors or omissions relative to the simpler
details and processes
1
0
The student provides responses
that indicate a distinct lack of
understanding of the knowledge.
However, with help, the student
demonstrates partial
understanding of some of the
knowledge
A generic scale
for measurement topics
1
114
4
3
2
1
The student provides responses that indicate a distinct lack of
understanding of the knowledge. However, with help, the
student
demonstrates partial understanding of some of the knowledge
0
The student provides little or no
response. Even with help the
student does not exhibit a partial
understanding of the knowledge
A generic scale
for measurement topics
0
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 20
115
4
3
The student’s responses demonstrate no major errors or
omissions
regarding any of the information and/or processes
2
The student’s responses indicate major errors or omissions
regarding the more complex ideas and processes; however they
do
not indicate major errors or omissions relative to the simpler
details and processes
1
0
In addition to exhibiting level 3
performance, the student’s
responses demonstrate in-depth
inferences and applications that go
beyond what was taught in class
A generic scale
for measurement topics
4
116
Even with help, no understanding or skill demonstrated.
With help, a partial knowledge of some of the simpler
and complex details and processes
No major errors or omissions regarding the SIMPLER
details and processes that were explicitly taught, BUT major
errors or omissions regarding the more COMPLEX ideas
and processes
No major errors or omissions regarding any of the
information and/or processes (SIMPLER OR
COMPLEX) that were explicitly taught
In addition to exhibiting level 3 performance, in-depth
inferences and applications in situations that GO
BEYOND what was taught in class.
0
1
2
3
4
Generic SCALE for Measurement Topics
117
Patterns of Responses
• Student answers Level 2 items correctly,
but not Level 3 and Level 4 items.
• Student answers Level 2 and Level 3 items
correctly, but not Level 4 items.
• Student misses all items,
but with help can answer some correctly.
• Students misses all items even when helped.
Score
2
3
1
0 118
The complete scale allows for
half-point scores
(3.5, 2.5, 1.5, .5)
Building the Complete Scale
119
.5 With help, a partial knowledge of some of the simpler details
and processes but not of the
more complex ideas and processes.
1.5 Partial knowledge of the simpler details and processes, but
major errors or omissions
regarding the more complex ideas and processes.
2.5 No major errors or omissions regarding any of the simpler
information and/or processes and
partial knowledge of the more complex information and
processes.
3.5 In addition to exhibiting level 3 performance, partial
success at in-depth inferences and
applications that go beyond what was taught in class.
Even with help, no understanding or skill demonstrated.0
With help, a partial knowledge of some of the simpler and
complex details and
processes.
1
No major errors or omissions regarding the SIMPLER details
and processes BUT
major errors or omissions regarding the more COMPLEX ideas
and processes
2
No major errors or omissions regarding any of the information
and/or processes
(SIMPLER OR COMPLEX) that were explicitly taught
3
In addition to exhibiting level 3 performance, in-depth
inferences and applications
in situations that GO BEYOND what was taught in class.
4
SCALE Format for Measurement Topics
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
120
• You then create assessment items for:
Level 2 Important but Simpler,
Level 3 Important and relatively Complex, AND
Level 4 Use of Knowledge in Novel Situations
Item Response Theory
“A Scale That Measures Learning Over Time”
• For each topic, you identify the knowledge for:
Level 3 Important and relatively Complex
Level 2 Important but Simpler
This means that……..
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 21
121
•Identify one grade level (or course) learning goal per quarter or
per
semester for each of the following subject areas: mathematic,
reading,
writing, science, and social studies.
•Construct a rubric, or other type of common scale, for each
learning
goal.
•Have teachers formally and informally assess each learning
goal at least
once every two weeks keeping track of each student’s score on
each
learning goal. (Use of appropriate computer software is highly
recommended)
•Have students keep track of their progress on each goal and use
the
data as the basis for teacher/student interactions about student
progress.
•Periodically aggregate the data by grade level. Have teachers
meet to
discuss student progress and how it might be improved.
Continuous Monitoring of Student Achievement
AND, Adjusting Learning (Instruction)
122
and
Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly
• Grouping and regrouping within the classroom and
systemically
• Support Classes– double dipping
• Take Responsibility – “ability to respond”
• “Re-teaching” blocks of time”
•????????????
Fro
nt-
loa
d t
he
Int
erv
ent
ion
s!
123
What Changes
Do We Need
to Make?
124
A G
rad
ual
Tra
nsfo
rma
tion
Use Formative
Assessment to
Monitor and
Encourage
Student
Learning
Establish Grading
Practices
(Policies) that
Accurately
Reflect Student
Learning
Continuously
Monitor Student
Learning and
Adjust Learning
Experiences
Accordingly
Align Reporting
Forms &
Procedures to
the Grading
Practices
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4The Changes!
125
Use Formative
Assessment to
Monitor and
Encourage
Student
Learning
Establish Grading
Practices
(Policies) that
Accurately
Reflect Student
Learning
Continuously
Monitor Student
Learning and
Adjust Learning
Experiences
Accordingly
Align Reporting
Forms &
Procedures to
the Grading
Practices
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Track
Learning
Goals
Formative
Feedback
Grading
Policies
Report
Card
(etc)
A G
rad
ual
Tra
nsfo
rma
tion
The Changes!
126
Use FORMATIVE FEEDBACK
to monitor and encourage student learning
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 22
127
Like most things in
education, classroom
assessment enhances
student achievement
under certain conditions
only (Marzano)
Remember!
128
The Conditions (hmm – criteria):
Feedback from classroom assessments should provide
students with a clear picture of: - their progress on
learning goals, - how they might improve
1.
Feedback from classroom assessment should
encourage students to improve.
2.
Classroom assessment should be formative in nature.3.
Formative classroom assessments should be quite
frequent.
4.
129
Feedback from classroom assessments should
provide students with a clear picture of:
- their progress on learning goals, and
- how they might improve
Condition # 1
130
Feedback from classroom assessments should
provide students with a clear picture of:
- their progress on learning goals, and
- how they might improve
Establish
Measurement Topics
(specific learning
goals!)
Use a scoring scale
with tight logic
(“Evaluation by rule”)
to provide formative feedback
to students
131
# of studies Characteristic of Feedback from
Classroom Assessment
Percentile
Gain/Loss
6 Right/wrong -3
39 Provide correct answers 8.5
30 Criteria understood by
student vs. not understood
16
9 Explain 20
4 Student reassessed until
correct
20
Bangert-Drowns, Kulik, Kulik, & Morgan, 1991
Which Assessment/Feedback works Best?
132
# of studies Characteristic of Feedback from
Classroom Assessment
Percentile
Gain/Loss
89 Displaying results
graphically
26
49 Evaluation by rule
[uniform way of interpreting
results of classroom
assessments using a tight
logic)
3249 Evaluation
by Rule
32
Fuchs & Fuchs 1988
Uniform way of interpreting results of
classroom assessments using a tight logic
Which Assessment/Feedback works Best?
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 23
133
• Establish Measurement Topics
Use Formative Assessment to Monitor
and Encourage Student Learning
•Monitor and Encourage Student
Achievement through Classroom
Formative Assessment for Each
Measurement Topic
Item Response Theory vs. Points/percentages
The Change!
134
In Search of the “True Score”
True Score = Observed Score + Error
Item Response Theory vs. Points/percentages
Step 2: Use Formative Assessment to Monitor
and Encourage Student Learning
Remember?? Standard Error of Measure (SEM)
SAT SEM = 30
135
Total /100
+
+
A. Items 1-10
Ten items that require recall of
important but simpler content
that was explicitly taught
B. Items 11-14
Four items that ask for
application of complex content
that was explicitly taught AND in
situations similar to what was
taught.
C. Item 15-16
Two items that asks for
application in novel situations–
in situations that go beyond
what was explicitly taught
Total for section
Total for section
Total for section
136
Points/percentages
Item Response Theory
“A Scale That Measures Learning Over Time”
Step 2: Use Formative Assessment to Monitor
and Encourage Student Learning
•Monitor and Encourage Student
Achievement through Classroom
Formative Assessment for Each
Measurement Topic
137
What Changes
Do We Need
to Make?
138
A G
rad
ual
Tra
nsfo
rma
tion
Use Formative
Assessment to
Monitor and
Encourage
Student
Learning
Establish Grading
Practices
(Policies) that
Accurately
Reflect Student
Learning
Continuously
Monitor Student
Learning and
Adjust Learning
Experiences
Accordingly
Align Reporting
Forms &
Procedures to
the Grading
Practices
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4The Changes!
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 24
139
Use Formative
Assessment to
Monitor and
Encourage
Student
Learning
Establish Grading
Practices
(Policies) that
Accurately
Reflect Student
Learning
Continuously
Monitor Student
Learning and
Adjust Learning
Experiences
Accordingly
Align Reporting
Forms &
Procedures to
the Grading
Practices
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Track
Learning
Goals
Formative
Feedback
Grading
Policies
Report
Card
(etc)
A G
rad
ual
Tra
nsfo
rma
tion
The Changes!
140
GRADING PRACTICES
(Formative
Feedback)
141
Making Standards
UsefulAssigning FINAL
SCORES
for TOPICS
142
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Topic:
1. Average
4
The Research “Test”
What is the degree to
which this practice:
Encourages students
to learn?
Supports that
mistakes are inherent
in the learning
process?
Supports students
learning in different
timeframes
143
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Topic:
2. Weighted Average
5
X 2
The Research “Test”
What is the degree to
which this practice:
Encourages students
to learn?
Supports that
mistakes are inherent
in the learning
process?
Supports students
learning in different
timeframes
144
Topic:
3. Assessment Event
Assignment/Assessment
Assignment/Assessment
Assignment/Assessment
Assignment/Assessment
X 0
X 0
X 0
X 0
Assessment Event
The Research “Test”
What is the degree to
which this practice:
Encourages students
to learn?
Supports that
mistakes are inherent
in the learning
process?
Supports students
learning in different
timeframes
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 25
145
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Topic:
4. Trend Score (Power Law)
146
Power Law
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
1 rep 10
reps
20
reps
100
reps
1000
reps
2000
reps
3000
reps
4000
reps
learning
147
In Search of the “True Score”
Observed Score = True Score + Error
Remember? Standard Error of Measure (SEM)
SAT SEM = 30 148
Power Law
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
.5
0
Pre-Test Score 2 Score 3 Score 4 Score 5 Score 6
Post-Test
Average Score = 1.64
Learning Trend = 2.21
.71
1.24
1.55
1.78
1.94
2.08
2.21
Mode = 1.5
1 1 1.5 1.5 1.52 3ObservedScore
149
2.0 3.0 2.0
1.5 2.0 1.0
2.0 2.0 1.5
3.0 2.5 2.0
2.5 3.0 2.0
3.0 2.0 2.5
3.0 3.0 3.0
2.5 2.5 3.0
3.0 3.0 3.5
3.0 3.0 3.0
Topic Scores for Three Students
Student 1 Student 2 Student 3
Average
T
op
ic
S
co
re
s
Trend Score
150
Topic:
4. Trend Score (Power Law)
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
Assessment
The Research “Test”
What is the degree to
which this practice:
Encourages students
to learn?
Supports that
mistakes are inherent
in the learning
process?
Supports students
learning in different
timeframes
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 26
151
Assessment 2.5
Assessment 3.0
Topic:
5. Growing Preponderance of Evidence
Assessment 2.0
Assessment 3.0
Assessment 1.5
152
1.0
Student #1
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5
7 assessments
153
2.5
Student #2
3.0
3 assessments
3.5
154
3.5
Student #3
4.0
2 assessments
155
Marzano:
“For any given student you use…
as many or as few assessments as
are needed to make a valid and
reliable judgment.”
156
Topic:
5. Preponderance of Evidence
Assessment 2.5
Assessment 3.0
Assessment 2.0
Assessment 3.0
Assessment 1.5
The Research “Test”
What is the degree to
which this practice:
Encourages students
to learn?
Supports that
mistakes are inherent
in the learning
process?
Supports students
learning in different
timeframes
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 27
157
Who decides which method is used to
determine FINAL SCORES for TOPICS?
• Individual teachers?
• School policy?
• District policy?
Decision Time!
158
Making Standards
UsefulAssigning
FINAL Course
or Subject Grade
159
Making Standards
Useful
Two Approaches
Compensatory
approach
Conjunctive
approach
160
Making Standards
Useful
Assigning FINAL Course or Subject
Grade
Compensatory Approach
Performance on one measurement topic
can compensate for performance
on another.
161
“..…Isolated overall letter grades (or overall
percentage scores or even average rubric scores) are
extremely deficient because they cannot provide the
level of detailed feedback necessary TO ENHANCE
STUDENT LEARNING. This inherent weakness of
overall or omnibus grades and scores has been
recognized and discussed by a number of assessment
experts.
—Marzano’s Classroom Assessment & Grading That Work
My emphasis here!
“….An overall grade is relatively meaningless from a
measurement perspective. However, overall grades
will probably be the norm in most schools for some
time to come.”
162
32.512n/aTOTALS
3.513.5Behavior
2.512.5Participation
2.512.5Work completion
2.012.0Patterns & functions
6.023.0Problem-solving
1.511.5Measurement
5.022.5Central tendency & dispersion
2.512.5Data analysis & distributions
7.023.5Probability
Quality
Points
WeightFinal
Topic Score
Measurement
Topic
The Weighted Average
32.5 divided by 12 = 2.71 (the student’s summary score)
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 28
163
3.00 - 4.00 = A
2.50 - 2.99 = B
2.00 - 2.49 = C
1.50 - 1.99 = D
Below 1.50 = F
Jus
t a
n e
xam
ple
!
Converting Scaled Scores to Letter Grades
164
3.00 - 4.00 = A
3.90 - 4.00……….100
3.80 - 3.89………...99
3.70 - 3.79…………98
3.60 - 3.69………..97
3.50 - 3.59………..96
3.40 - 3.49…….….95
3.30 - 3.39…..…...94
3.20 - 3.29……..…93
3.10 - 3.19………...92
3.00 - 3.09……....91
Converting Scaled Scores
to Letter Grades and Percentages
Just an example!
165
Making Standards
Useful
Assigning FINAL Course or Subject
Grade
Conjunctive Approach
One score does not “pull up” another.
Rather, overall grades are determined
by score patterns across
the measurement topics.
166
One Example of a Conjunctive System
No topic score below 3.0
No topic score below 2.5
No topic score below 2.0
No topic score below 1.5
Some topic scores below 1.5
What are the pluses and minuses of this scenario?
A
B
C
D
F
Grade Score Pattern
167
Another Example of a Conjunctive System
Grade
A
B
C
D
F
No topic score below 2.5 and the majority 3.0 or above
No topic score below 2.0 and the majority 2.5 or above
No topic score below 1.5 and the majority 2.0 or above
No topic score below 1.0 and the majority 1.5 or above
Some topic scores below 1.0 or the majority not above 1.5
Score Pattern
What are the pluses and minuses of this scenario?
168
1. Which approach will you use to
determine final course grades?
F Compensatory approach?
F Conjunctive approach?
2. Who decides this? Individual teachers?
School policy? District policy?
Decision Time!
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 29
169
Making Standards
UsefulAssigning FINAL SCORES
for ACADEMIC TOPICS and
NON-ACADEMIC FACTORS
Academic Grade:
Topic:
Topic:
Topic:
Topic: Average or
weighted average
Academic Grade:
Topic:
Topic:
Topic:
Topic:
Non-Academic Grade:
Investment:
Homework:
Academic Grade:
Topic:
Topic:
Topic:
Topic:
Non-Academic Grade:
Investment:
Homework:
Grade for
Class/Subject
?????
173
Some teachers will want student
performance on these factors averaged
back into the overall grade for the
subject or course; others will not.
Should this be a district or school
decision or should each teacher decide?
Decision Time!
174
Some teachers will want to be able to
take credit away from students or
lower the grade for behavioral
infractions.
Should this be a district or school
decision or should each teacher decide?
Decision Time!
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 30
175
Some teachers will want to be able to
give zeroes for work not passed in.
Should this be a district or school
decision or should each teacher decide?
Decision Time! Academic Grade:
Topic:
Topic:
Topic:
Topic:
NonAcad. Grade:
Investment:
Homework:
Grade for
Class/Subject
?????
177
What Changes
Do We Need
to Make?
178
A G
rad
ual
Tra
nsfo
rma
tion
Use Formative
Assessment to
Monitor and
Encourage
Student
Learning
Establish Grading
Practices
(Policies) that
Accurately
Reflect Student
Learning
Continuously
Monitor Student
Learning and
Adjust Learning
Experiences
Accordingly
Align Reporting
Forms &
Procedures to
the Grading
Practices
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4The Changes!
179
Use Formative
Assessment to
Monitor and
Encourage
Student
Learning
Establish Grading
Practices
(Policies) that
Accurately
Reflect Student
Learning
Continuously
Monitor Student
Learning and
Adjust Learning
Experiences
Accordingly
Align Reporting
Forms &
Procedures to
the Grading
Practices
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Track
Learning
Goals
Formative
Feedback
Grading
Policies
Report
Card
(etc)
A G
rad
ual
Tra
nsfo
rma
tion
The Changes!
180
REPORT CARDS…..
(Formative
Feedback)
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 31
181
Janie
Jamal
Josh
Students
Assignments
and
Assessments
Standard
Topics
3.7
2.02.01.34.01.33.34.03.7
3.3
3.73.72.32.33.33.32.01.7
3.7
3.02.72.33.73.34.03.73.7
Investment
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
2
--
10
/7
A
ss
ig
n
3
10
/1
1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
0
A
ss
ig
n
9
10
/2
5
A
ss
ig
n.
5
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
6
--
10
/8
A
ss
ig
n
67
10
/2
0
A
ss
ig
n
8
–
10
/2
1
Academic Assignments
Work
completion
182
Janie
Jamal
Josh
Students
Assignments
and
Assessments
Standard
Topics
3.7
2.02.01.34.01.33.34.03.7
3.3
3.73.72.32.33.33.32.01.7
3.7
3.02.72.33.73.34.03.73.7
Homework
A
ss
ig
n.
1
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
2
--
10
/7
A
ss
ig
n
3
10
/1
1
A
ss
ig
n
4
–
10
/2
0
A
ss
ig
n
9
10
/2
5
A
ss
ig
n.
5
--
10
/1
A
ss
ig
n.
6
--
10
/8
A
ss
ig
n
67
10
/2
0
A
ss
ig
n
8
–
10
/2
1
Academic Assignments
183
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
184
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
185
Standards Based Gradebook with Non-Achievement Factors
Se
e f
ul
l s
iz
ed
pa
ge
at
th
e e
nd
of
y
ou
r p
ac
ke
t.
186
About Action
Research with Bob
Marzano
Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
Pickering
© 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
Reserved. 32
187
Choose the
assessment/grading
strategy to study.
ACTION RESEARCH
Choose the
unit of
instruction.
Design a pretest and
posttest for that
unit.
Administer
the
pretest.
Record the posttest
scores (along with student
demographic information).
Administer
the
posttest .
Submit all
data to your
school leader.
OR
Deliver the same unit
to two groups of students:
during one, use the strategy;
during the other, do not use the strategy
If you teach the same course/subject
to two different classes….
Deliver two different units within
the same subject area to the same
students: during one, use the strategy;
during the other, do not use the strategy
If you are a
self-contained classroom…..
and….do your own reflection (journal?) during the whole
process!!
188
Possible Focus for
ACTION RESEARCH in Assessment & Grading
- using the scoring scale format for giving students feedback
Study the effects of:
- separating out academic and non-academic feedback
- students charting their progress
- using a formative approach to feedback and final grades
Da
ta
du
e t
o M
ich
ael
by
Fe
br
ua
ry
9th
4
I h
av
e
ev
er
yt
hi
ng
d
es
cr
ib
ed
in
le
ve
l 3
, A
N
D
I
go
b
ey
on
d
w
ha
t
w
as
d
ir
ec
tl
y
ta
ug
ht
in
c
la
ss
.
3
I h
av
e
al
l t
he
s
im
pl
e
in
fo
rm
at
io
n,
A
N
D
I
ha
ve
n
o
m
aj
o
r
er
ro
rs
o
n
th
e
co
m
pl
ex
k
no
w
le
dg
e
di
re
ct
ly
t
au
gh
t
in
c
la
ss
.
2
I h
av
e
th
e
si
m
pl
e,
y
et
im
po
rt
an
t
in
fo
rm
at
io
n,
B
U
T
I h
av
e
m
aj
or
e
rr
or
s
o
n
th
e
m
or
e
co
m
pl
ex
k
no
w
le
dg
e.
1
I m
ak
e
m
aj
o
r
m
is
ta
ke
s.
I
ju
st
d
on
’t
u
nd
er
st
an
d
it
y
et
.
W
ha
t a
re
th
ey
le
ar
ni
ng
?
H
ow
w
el
l a
re
th
ey
le
ar
ni
ng
?
W
or
ld
Li
te
ra
tu
re
A
P
C
al
cu
lu
s
E
co
no
m
ic
s
E
co
no
m
ic
s
W
ha
t a
re
th
ey
le
ar
ni
ng
?
H
ow
w
el
l a
re
th
ey
le
ar
ni
ng
?
S
tu
d
e
n
t
N
a
m
e
J
o
h
n
n
y
D
o
e
L
a
n
g
u
a
g
e
A
r
t
G
r
a
d
e
s
o
f
a
r
t
h
is
q
u
a
r
te
r
:
C
L
A
N
G
U
A
G
E
A
R
T
S
L
E
A
R
N
I
N
G
G
O
A
L
4
-
A
E
x
c
e
e
d
s
g
r
a
d
e
l
e
v
e
l
s
ta
n
d
a
r
d
2
-
C
B
e
lo
w
g
r
a
d
e
l
e
v
e
l
s
ta
n
d
a
r
d
3
-
B
M
e
e
ts
g
r
a
d
e
l
e
v
e
l
s
ta
n
d
a
r
d
1
-
D
S
ig
n
if
ic
a
n
tl
y
b
e
lo
w
g
r
a
d
e
l
e
v
e
l
s
ta
n
d
a
r
d
0
-
F
—
N
o
t
e
n
o
u
g
h
w
o
r
k
e
d
c
o
m
p
le
te
t
o
p
r
o
v
id
e
a
s
c
o
r
e
W
R
I
T
I
N
G
(
fo
c
u
s
h
a
s
b
e
e
n
o
n
p
e
r
s
u
a
s
iv
e
w
r
it
in
g
)
1
.
O
rg
a
n
iz
e
s
i
d
e
a
s
f
o
r
w
r
it
in
g
2
+
(
C
+
)
2
.
E
d
it
s
f
o
r
g
ra
m
m
a
r
a
n
d
c
o
n
v
e
n
ti
o
n
s
3
-
(B
-)
3
.
W
ri
ti
n
g
s
h
o
w
s
s
tr
o
n
g
v
o
ic
e
a
n
d
w
o
rd
c
h
o
ic
e
3
(
B
)
R
E
A
D
I
N
G
(
fo
c
u
s
h
a
s
b
e
e
n
o
n
s
h
o
r
t
s
to
r
ie
s
f
o
r
f
ic
ti
o
n
,
b
io
g
r
a
p
h
y
f
o
r
n
o
n
-f
ic
ti
o
n
)
1
.
U
n
d
e
rs
ta
n
d
s
a
n
d
u
s
e
s
w
h
a
t
is
r
e
a
d
—
fi
c
ti
o
n
4
(A
)
2
.
U
n
d
e
rs
ta
n
d
s
a
n
d
u
s
e
s
w
h
a
t
is
r
e
a
d
—
n
o
n
-f
ic
ti
o
n
3
-
(
B
-
)
L
I
T
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
(
fo
c
u
s
h
a
s
b
e
e
n
o
n
s
h
o
r
t
s
to
r
ie
s
)
1
.
U
n
d
e
rs
ta
n
d
s
c
h
a
ra
c
te
ri
s
ti
c
s
o
f
m
a
jo
r
ty
p
e
s
o
f
li
te
ra
tu
re
2
+
(
C
+
)
2
.
U
n
d
e
rs
ta
n
d
s
l
it
e
ra
ry
e
le
m
e
n
ts
s
u
c
h
a
s
p
lo
t,
c
h
a
ra
c
te
r
2
(
C
)
A
C
C
E
S
S
I
N
G
A
N
D
U
S
I
N
G
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
1
.
U
n
d
e
rs
ta
n
d
s
c
h
a
ra
c
te
ri
s
ti
c
s
o
f
in
fo
rm
a
ti
o
n
r
e
s
o
u
rc
e
s
N
o
t
g
ra
d
e
d
t
h
is
p
e
r
io
d
2
.
F
in
d
s
,
s
e
le
c
ts
,
o
r
g
a
n
iz
e
s
,
a
n
d
u
s
e
s
i
n
fo
rm
a
ti
o
n
N
o
t
g
ra
d
e
d
t
h
is
p
e
r
io
d
W
O
R
K
H
A
B
I
T
S
4
-
A
C
o
n
s
is
te
n
tl
y
2
-
C
I
n
c
o
n
s
is
te
n
tl
y
3
-
B
G
e
n
e
r
a
ll
y
1
-
D
S
e
ld
o
m
1
.
G
e
ts
w
o
rk
i
n
o
n
t
im
e
1
(
D
)
2
.
F
o
ll
o
w
s
d
ir
e
c
ti
o
n
s
1
(
D
)
3
.
P
a
rt
ic
ip
a
te
s
i
n
,
a
n
d
c
o
n
tr
ib
u
te
s
t
o
,
c
la
s
s
3
(
B
)
4
.
C
o
m
p
le
te
s
c
la
s
s
a
s
s
ig
n
m
e
n
ts
3
(
B
)
5
.
C
o
m
p
le
te
s
h
o
m
e
w
o
rk
1
(
D
)
6
.
P
u
ts
e
ff
o
rt
i
n
to
w
o
rk
2
(
C
)
J
o
h
n
n
y
D
o
e
’s
g
ra
d
e
f
o
r
L
e
a
rn
in
g
G
o
a
ls
-
-
2
.7
--
(B
-)
W
o
rk
H
a
b
it
s
-
-
1
.8
--
(C
-)
O
v
e
ra
ll
2
.2
-
-(
C
)
J
o
h
n
n
y
h
a
s
a
l
is
t
o
f
a
s
s
ig
n
m
e
n
ts
,
th
e
s
c
o
re
s
o
n
e
a
c
h
,
a
n
d
t
h
e
m
is
s
in
g
w
o
rk
.
S
ta
nd
ar
ds
B
as
ed
G
ra
de
bo
ok
w
ith
N
on
-A
ch
ie
ve
m
en
t F
ac
to
rs
.5
W
it
h
he
lp
, a
p
ar
ti
al
k
no
w
le
dg
e o
f s
om
e o
f t
he
si
m
pl
er
d
et
ai
ls
a
nd
p
ro
ce
ss
es
b
ut
n
ot
o
f t
he
m
or
e
co
m
pl
ex
id
ea
s a
nd
p
ro
ce
ss
es
.
1.
5
P
ar
ti
al
k
no
w
le
dg
e o
f t
he
si
m
pl
er
d
et
ai
ls
a
nd
p
ro
ce
ss
es
, b
ut
m
aj
or
er
ro
rs
o
r o
m
is
si
on
s
re
ga
rd
in
g
th
e m
or
e c
om
pl
ex
id
ea
s a
nd
p
ro
ce
ss
es
.
2
.5
N
o
m
aj
or
er
ro
rs
o
r o
m
is
si
on
s r
eg
ar
di
ng
a
ny
o
f t
he
si
m
pl
er
in
fo
rm
at
io
n
an
d/
or
p
ro
ce
ss
es
a
nd
pa
rt
ia
l k
no
w
le
dg
e o
f t
he
m
or
e c
om
pl
ex
in
fo
rm
at
io
n
an
d
pr
oc
es
se
s.
3.
5
I
n
ad
di
ti
on
to
ex
hi
bi
ti
ng
le
ve
l 3
p
er
fo
rm
an
ce
, p
ar
ti
al
su
cc
es
s a
t i
n-
de
pt
h
in
fe
re
nc
es
a
nd
ap
pl
ic
at
io
ns
th
at
g
o
be
yo
nd
w
ha
t w
as
ta
ug
ht
in
cl
as
s.
E
ve
n
w
it
h
h
el
p
, n
o
u
n
d
er
st
an
d
in
g
or
s
k
il
l d
em
on
st
ra
te
d
.
0
W
it
h
h
el
p
, a
p
ar
ti
al
k
n
ow
le
d
ge
o
f s
om
e
of
t
h
e
si
m
p
le
r
an
d
c
om
p
le
x
d
et
ai
ls
a
n
d
p
ro
ce
ss
es
.
1
N
o
m
aj
or
e
rr
or
s
or
o
m
is
si
on
s
re
ga
rd
in
g
th
e
SI
M
P
L
E
R
d
et
ai
ls
a
n
d
p
ro
ce
ss
es
B
U
T
m
aj
or
e
rr
or
s
or
o
m
is
si
on
s
re
ga
rd
in
g
th
e
m
or
e
C
O
M
P
L
E
X
id
ea
s
an
d
p
ro
ce
ss
es
2
N
o
m
aj
or
e
rr
or
s
or
o
m
is
si
on
s
re
ga
rd
in
g
an
y
of
t
h
e
in
fo
rm
at
io
n
a
n
d
/o
r
p
ro
ce
ss
es
(S
IM
P
L
E
R
O
R
C
O
M
P
L
E
X
)
th
at
w
er
e
ex
p
li
ci
tl
y
ta
u
gh
t
3
In
a
d
d
it
io
n
t
o
ex
h
ib
it
in
g
le
ve
l 3
p
er
fo
rm
an
ce
, i
n
-d
ep
th
in
fe
re
n
ce
s
an
d
a
p
p
li
ca
ti
on
s
in
s
it
u
at
io
n
s
th
at
G
O
B
E
Y
O
N
D
w
h
at
w
as
t
au
gh
t
in
c
la
ss
.
4S
C
A
L
E
F
o
rm
at
f
o
r
M
ea
su
re
m
en
t
T
o
p
ic
s
NOTES/note 1.pdf
Types of Classroom Assessment
The Basics of Assessment
Assessment instruments on any level serve at least one of two
purposes. One purpose can be to give an
individual some indication of actual achievement. The other
purpose is to identify trends among groups. The
information compiled from standardiz ed tests tells districts
how their students are doing in comparison to
students in similar situations around the state or nation. From
this information, districts can make decisions about
the delivery of their educational program. In the classroom,
assessments can inform the teacher about the
progress of students as a lesson proceeds and of their
achievement when instruction has concluded. In all cases,
it boils down to gathering information for making decisions.
Simple. There’s nothing mystical or magical about this,
though it seems that assessment folks often try to make it so.
Just read carefully and you’ll see how it all works.
The Basic Terms
Assessment and evaluation are two completely separate
activities. So let’s make a clear distinction between
them. We cannot ensure that you won’t see them used
interchangeably elsewhere, but our hope is that you will
have a broader perspective of this important instructional tool.
We will further break this down into two types of
assessments: formative and summative.
Assessment
Assessment, whether your version in the classroom or those
districtwide high-stakes standardiz ed versions, is
the means by which information is gathered to make a variety of
decisions. For example, a house may be
assessed in terms of siz e, building materials, location, and
number of bedrooms and bathrooms. In the
classroom you might assess a student’s skill, knowledge,
reasoning, or dispositions. When information about the
characteristics or qualities of something or someone is gathered,
that constitutes an assessment.
In school, and in your particular classroom, assessment is part
of an effective educational strategy because it
comes at the beginning (finding out what your students already
know) and at the end of instruction (determining
what has been learned as a result of the learning experience). In
your work as a teacher, there will be times when
you need information for purposes of making instructional
decisions and other times when you will need to place
an academic value on the information gathered. In either case,
good assessment is the basis for all that follows.
Evaluation
Since assessment is just the gathering of information, that’s not
the part that really bothers test takers. Rather, it’s
the next step when the assessment information (data) is
compared to some value structure. Evaluation is when
value is placed on accumulated assessment data. When a teacher
places a value (a grade) on test results, or a
tax assessor places value (in dollars) on the assessment of a
house, then evaluation has occurred. So you can
see that all evaluations include assessments, but not all
assessments necessarily include evaluations.
So, assessing and evaluating are two different activities with
different guidelines. For assessment the key point is
to gather the appropriate data for the decision that needs to be
made. For evaluation the key point is in
establishing an appropriate value structure to represent the data.
T he keys t o good evaluat ion of your st udent s’ progress:
1. Gather the appropriate data (assessment)
2. Establish an appropriate value structure to represent the
results (evaluation)
Formative and Summative Assessments: Two of the Most
Important Tools in the
Box
Though we will also discuss standardiz ed testing, our emphasis
is going to be on classroom assessments that a
teacher uses. Rather than shifting back and forth between
assessment and evaluation, we will make a useful
distinction between two types of assessments: formative and
summative.
Format ive assessment s are those data collection activities that
a teacher uses to make instructional decisions.
Don’t let the “form” in formative confuse this with meaning a
“formal” test (whatever that is). In this case we are
using data to help formulate our course of instruction. This
could be as structured as a lengthy written test given
before a lesson or unit begins to find out what your students
know. It could be that same test given to the
students midway through the lesson to see how things are
going—or even at the end but before the final test just
to see whether the students have progressed as you desired. But
it could also be a pop test here and there or
even just the questions that you ask in class to see how things
are going with the lesson. It could also be the case
that you use a checklist as you monitor student work. In all of
these cases you are using the information to make
decisions about what you need to do. No grades are assigned, no
stickers distributed, no smiley faces or frowns
on the student’s lab report. Formative assessments are the
means you use to find out how things are going so
that you can decide how to proceed. The robust use of formative
assessments, if you pay attention to the data
you collect, will be the key to providing effective learning
experiences for your students.
So, an important aspect of the assessment component of an
effective teacher’s strategy will be the consistent
use of formative assessments. Rather than plowing through
some unit of study and simply having a test
(summative assessment) at the end, a teacher who uses
formative assessments throughout instruction can
monitor the progress of the students and adjust instruction
accordingly. This is the purpose of formative
assessments.
It is important for you to understand that assessment techniques
represent skills that a teacher must develop.
Simply asking a class, “Does everybody understand?” will not
suffice for a viable formative assessment.
Students who do understand will likely answer affirmatively
while students who don’t understand may prefer not
to make that point known. No one likes to look foolish in front
of one’s peers; thus formative assessments must
be conducted in a manner that protects the student’s self-
concept.
A teacher might conduct formative assessments by asking open-
ended questions and watching to see who
responds and who does not. One might direct questions at
individual students but ask for opinions or rephrasing.
The teacher could also ask a question and, upon receiving no
response, rephrase the question as if the difficulty
had been in the original phrasing. Paper-and-pencil tests, quiz z
es, checklists, and other exercises that are
ungraded protect the selfesteem of a student among classmates
but provide the teacher with assessment data
that can clarify the instructional route to pursue either with the
group or with individuals. ï »¿
Summat ive assessment , which we might typically think of as
evaluation, is intended specifically for the purpose
of assigning a grade. There is no plan to reteach the topic based
upon the assessment results, but instead the
teacher considers the instruction for the particular topic to be
complete: students will be assessed and evaluated
for their mastery of the material, and then the class will move
on to the next topic.
When constructing summative assessments, Stiggins (2001)
recommends that teachers keep the perspective
that the real users of assessment data are the students
themselves. Merely receiving a letter or numerical grade
advises a student of the value placed on the work, but it does
not do anything to clarify the learning that has—or
has not—taken place. That is, what questions were answered
correctly? Which were incorrect? Assuming that the
information was taught because it bears some importance, what
does the student still need to learn? Keeping the
focus on students and learning as assessments are designed
represents the first step toward high-quality
assessments. So, while formative assessments are specifically
intended to inform the teacher, summative
assessments must also communicate effectively with the test
taker. And this is true as well if the assessment is
one that the teacher completes rather than the student. That is,
if the teacher—perhaps in a kindergarten setting—
uses checklists or anecdotal notes to assess students as they
work, the student still ultimately needs to know
whether they are making progress, doing things correctly, or
have mastered the lesson. The bottom line? Don’t
keep the results a secret from the people who really need to
know the results—the students.
Formative and summative assessments are indispensable aspects
of effective instruction, but clearly the aims
are different. The former is used to modify or plan instruction,
the latter for recogniz ing the level of academic
achievement a student has reached. And as you will see in
upcoming sections of this unit, assessments are not
necessarily a matter of responding in writing to questions on a
page. There are many formats that we can use,
and it will always be the case that we want to choose a format
that is suited to the task at hand and
developmentally appropriate for the student.
Formative and Summative Assessment
Format ive Assessment :
Teacher might ask questions, use observations, or a written test
Responses tell the teacher whether students are ready to move
on or if students need more instruction
Summat ive Assessment
Teacher might ask questions, use observations, or a written test
Responses used to assign a grade; there will be no reteaching
From The Educator's Field Guide. Copyright © 2011 by
Corwin. All Rights Reserved.
NOTES/note 2.pdf
presented by Lynne Ecenbarger
Classroom Assessments
Test = obtain a score
Assess = obtain the
“how” or “why”
behind the score
Evaluate = after
intervention, obtain
evidence that the
intervention is working
Assessment implies that
a decision will be made
and some action taken
to enhance learning.
Previous Cycle of
ClassroomTeaching/Assessment
Teach
Test
Grade
Go On
• record score
M
T
W
Th
F
• write 5 x each
• use in sentence
• workbook page/pretest
• post test
• go on
• ABC order
Cycle of Classroom Asse ssment
Pre-Asse ssments
Te ach
Ongoing/Formati ve Asse ssments
Re te ach/Enrich
Summati ve Asse ssments
Grade
Assessments are too often
viewed as autopsies
when they should be
viewed as physicals.
Like most things in education, classroom
assessment enhances student achieve-
ment under certain conditions only.
Feedback from classroom assess-
ments should provide students with
a clear picture of:
their progress on learning goals
how they might improve
Feedback from classroom assess-
ment should encourage students
to improve.
Classroom assessment should
be formative in nature.
Formative classroom assess-
ments should be quite frequent.
Robert Marzano, 2007
It has been said that
feedback is often too
little, too late, too
vague, presented in
the wrong form,
and therefore
lacking in impact.
Jensen, 1998
What is “good” classroom assessment?
Classroom Assessments
• used to assess lessons’ objectives
• administered within classrooms
• administered continuously throughout the day
• used to differentiate instruction
Classroom Screening and
Progress Monitoring Tools
Based on Grade Level
Standards and Curriculum
• different from grade level screening tools such as DIBELS,
AIMS Web, etc. which are administered across the grade level
• information is used instead to differentiate Tier 1 instruction
in
individual general education classrooms
Initial
Asse
sssm
ent
and th
en Fo
rmativ
e
Asses
smen
ts (Pr
ogres
s
Monit
oring)
(3-4
x yea
r)
Look
for a
patter
n
(clust
ering)
of er
rors;
ask, “
what
do the
se
errors
in ea
ch clu
ster
have
in com
mon?
”;
then a
sk, “h
ow do
es
this c
luster
differ
from
the on
e befo
re an
d afte
r it?”
4-8
“grid the kid” by placing their name on the chart based on
assessed level of readiness; form the tiers
for small group interventions
D
es
tin
y
P
au
l
C
la
ir
e
Te
ss
S
am
B
ro
ok
e
M
as
on
E
m
ily
4-8
provide research-based instruction and interventions until the
first progress monitoring; reassess;
“regrid the kids” based on progress; readjust the intervention
groups
D
es
tin
y
P
au
l
C
la
ir
e
Te
ss
S
am
B
ro
ok
e
M
as
on
E
m
ily
• Sample the key content in the unit
• Mirror the post-assessment
• Contain a low baseline
• Align with CCSS
• Are closely tied to the content
learning objectives
• Can be efficiently scored
• Support decision-making
• Inform students of the purpose
Classroom Lesson
Pre-Assessments (before
each lesson or unit of study):
PREASSESSMENTS
Alphaboxes
Quickwrites
Ready-Set-Show
Anchor Activities
Anticipation Guides
Graphic Organizers
Tests from Textbooks
Dry Erase/Show Me/Chalk Boards
Alphaboxes
Quickwrites
Graphic Organizers
Anticipation Guides
Dictation Sentences
Running Records
TAPS
Pre-Tests/Tests from Textbooks
Teacher introduces the topic.
Students write three words or
phrases that come to mind when
they hear the topic. They write
each response in the box that the
word/phrase begins with. For
example, if the topic were “rocks”,
a student might write “igneous” in
the /i/ box, “gems” in the /g/ box,
and “minerals” in the /m/ box.
Have the students share with a
partner or in a whole-class setting.
They may only share answers that
have not already been given. Any
student that shares must be able to
explain how the word/phrase they
have listed is related to the topic.
Anticipation Guide
“From Egg to Butterfly”
agree disagree
1. The butterfly has five
stages in its life cycle.
2. The egg is the last stage.
3. Caterpillars spend five days
in the egg before hatching.
4. Caterpillars eat in-
sects for their food.
5. Caterpillars eat for about
fifteen days before form-
ing a hard shell.
6. Caterpillars change into
pupas after shedding
their outer skin.
7. The caterpillar spends
about ten days inside
a pupa.
8. Caterpillars eat while
inside the pupa.
9. There are about 20 days
in the life cycle of a butterfly.
10. An butterfly has six legs
and three body parts.
Teacher lists the objectives for the
unit ahead of time in an “Anticipation
Map”, falsifying two or three of the
objectives. Students are asked to
check whether they agree or dis-
agree with each of the statements.
The teacher could use this as a
post-assessment, as well, by pre-
senting the “Anticipation Map” at
the end of the unit and having each
student check the appropriate box
based on what they learned.
From Our Classroom Strategy Library
Anticipation Guide
All About Adolescent Literacy
www.adlit.org
Resources for Parents and Educators of Kids Grades 4—12
Name
Topic
Read each statement below. Respond in the left column whether
you agree (A) or disagree (D)
with each statement. Think about why you agree or disagree,
and be prepared to share.
Before
Reading
Agree/Disagree
Statement/Question
After
Reading
Agree/Disagree
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
free,
open-
ended
resou
rces f
rom A
dLit.o
rg
(stand
s for A
doles
cent L
iterac
y)
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
A Quick Write is a literacy strategy which can be used in
any content area to develop writing fluency, to build the
habit of reflection into a learning experience, and to
informally assess student thinking. The strategy asks
learners to respond in 2–10 minutes to an open-ended
question or prompt posed by the teacher. This writing
assignment can be used at the beginning, middle, or
end of a lesson. For example, students are asked to
write about what they learned, problems they encount-
ered, what they liked (or did not like) about the lesson,
how well they understood the concepts, and questions
they may have about the lesson. In content teaching, the
integration of reading and writing reinforces meaning
construction as both activities use similar processing skills.
Quickwrites in 5 Steps for students in grades K-2:
Model and rehearse with students the following 5 steps:
1. Think. (They repeat as you raise one finger.)
2. Draw a picture. (They repeat as you raise another finger.)
3. Write something. (They repeat as you raise a third finger.)
4. Write your name. (They repeat as you raise a fourth finger.)
5. Write the date. (They repeat as you raise a fifth finger.)
Facilitating Quickwrites for students in grades 3-12:
1. Remind students that they can’t stop writing until the timer
goes off and, when it does, they may finish only their last
sentence.
2. Give students exactly 1 minute to think and start everyone
together.
3. Turn the timer away from students so they will not watch
the clock.
4. Circulate, encourage, and praise.
5. Ask volunteers to share their Quickwrites and allow for
questions and positive comments.
Formative Assessment -
an Integral Part of Classroom Instruction
Weighing cows won’t make
‘em fatter, just as testing
kids won’t increase student
learning!
• Are closely tied to the content
students are learning
• Can be spontaneous or
planned
• May be formal or informal
• Can cause critical teacher
insights into student learning
and/or misconceptions
• Require careful observation
and reflection
• Support decision-making
regarding instruction
Provides Regular Feedback!
Formative Assessments
to Inform Lesson Planning…
Everything students might SAY, DO, or
CREATE has the potential to be formative
because it can provide information about
how much they understand and helps
the teacher plan the next steps of instruction.
The line between
assessment
and instruction
should be blurred!
Don’t ever assess
unless you’re
going to take action!
Let’s take a closer look at
types of formative assessments...
During
the
Lesson
Quick, Ongoing
Assessment Ideas
3-2-1
R.A.F.T.’s
paper-pass
quickwrites
dry-erase slates
Ready-Set-Show
five questions for this answer
mindmaps and other graphic organizers
exit
slips
I Ha
ve-W
ho H
as?
Yes/No cards
“During Instruction”
Asse ssment Ide as
Pinch Cards
Obser vations
Stop-and-Jots
Masking
Note
-Taki
ng
R .A.F. T.’s
Quick write s
Re ady-Se t-Show
Exit Slips
Le arning Logs
Fi ve Que stions for this Answer
Mindmaps and other graphic organizers
3-2-1
Summ
arizer
Ready - Set - Show Ready - Set - Show
.
?
!
1/2
1/3
1/5
I’ve almost got it!
I’m lost!
I’m a bit
confused!
I could
te ach this!
Pinch Card
(check for understanding)
TIPS
(Thi
nk/In
k/Pa
ir/Sh
are)
Students write the teacher’s
question in the “Think” box.
They then write their response
in the “Ink” box. When the
teacher says “Pair”, they turn
and share their answer with a
partner. To complete this activity,
I ask the students to take a few
minutes and write the name of
their partner in the “Pair” box
and to write what their partner
shared in the “Share” box.
Formative Assessing with Learning Logs
Short, ungraded and unedited,
reflective writing in learning logs is
a venue to promote genuine consideration
of learning activities. Learning logs provide
authentic writing experiences in any content area.
Ideas for Math Journal Topics
Write 12 things that the number six means to you.
Pretend you have to explain to a new student how to
subtract numbers. Use any concept or algorithm.
Write a reaction to the lesson being studied.
Discuss how you approach a problem and solve it. Then
discuss another way to do it.
Discuss ways that a triangle and a square are alike, and
then how they are different.
“Today I discovered….”
“Something I’ve been wondering about…”
“I think fractions were discovered when…”
Items to Gather:
• wooden paint sticks
• Sharpies
Instructions:
Step 1: First start with your first stick and write start.
Step 2: Next start writing your clues and the answers
on the tip.
Step 3: Then write finish on your last stick.
Other Tips/Suggestions:
You can make all of the facts connect or make them
different like I did above. You can make it longer for
your high kids and shorter for your lower kids. Give
them a timer and have them try to beat 1 minute.
You can make any changes you desire!
Place
Value
I Have -
Who Has
After
the
Lesson
Quick, Ongoing
Assessment Ideas
3-2-1
R.A.F.T.’s
paper-pass
quickwrites
dry-erase slates
Ready-Set-Show
five questions for this answer
mindmaps and other graphic organizers
exit
slips
I Ha
ve-W
ho H
as?
Yes/No cards
“Af ter Instruction”
Asse ssment Ide as
Exit Slips
3-2-1- Summarizers
Snowball Fights
Paper Pass
Le arning Logs
I Have-Who Has
Foldable s
Writ ten Re sponse s
Exit Cards
Exit Cards (AKA “Ticke ts to Le ave”) are used to gather
information on student re adine ss levels, intere sts, and/
or le arning profile s.
The te acher hands out inde x cars to students at the end of
an inst ructional sequence or class period. The te acher asks
the students to re spond to a pre-de termined prompt on their
inde x cards and then turn them in as they le ave the classroom
or t ransition to another subject.
The te acher revie ws the student re sponse s and separate s
the cards into instructional groups based on pre se t criteria.
Exit Cards
•On your e xit card ...
•Explain the dif ference
be t ween simile and
me taphor. Gi ve an
e xample of e ach as
part of your e xplanation.
Exit Cards
We have begun a study
of “author ’s craf t”.
•Identif y three e xample s
of figurati ve language
used in the novel
Morning Girl by
Michael Dorris.
Exit Cards
Today you began to
le arn about decimals
and f ractions.
• List three things you le arned.
• Write at le ast one que stion
you have about decimals and/
or f ractions.
From Our Classroom Strategy Library
Exit Slips
All About Adolescent Literacy
www.adlit.org
Resources for Parents and Educators of Kids Grades 4—12
Write one thing you learned today.
Name
Rate your understanding of today’s topic on a scale of 1-10.
What can you do to improve
your understanding?
Name
Describe one way that today’s lesson could be used in the real
world.
12 Digital Tools to Implement Exit Slips
3-2-1 Summarizer
3
2
1
Identify three “ah-ha’s”
from today’s lesson
about plate tectonics.
Pose two new questions you
have about plate movement.
Name one thing you
will remember forever.
3-2-1 Summarizer
Af ter re ading over my first draf t...
3 re visions I can make to improve
my draf t
2 re source s I can use to help improve
my draf t
1 thing I re ally like about my first draf t
Foldables (3-D Graphic Organizers)
“…a three-dimensional student-made (and/or teacher-
made) interactive graphic organizer based upon
a skill”. Foldables provide students with a “fast,
kinesthetic activity that helps them organize and
retain information either before, during, or after reading”.
What are Foldables?
Formative:
Assessment FOR Learning
Summative:
Assessment OF Learning
• Are like a rear view mirror
of the pre-assessment
• Contain a high ceiling
• Assess content, skills, and
strategies
• Focus on application
of knowledge to novel
situations
• Couple with trait rubrics
• Include opportunities for
personal reflections
• Can be used to calculate
gain scores
Post-Assessments: Summative Assessments:
essays, persuasive writing, and creative or
expressive writing, as well as research papers.
ents show what they have learned by
synthesizing information and explaining their
understanding of concepts and ideas.
purpose.
or use academic structures for research and/
or formal writing.
Writing-to-Demonstrate Knowledge Summative Assessments
Summative Assessments
Checklists
Debates
Products
Demonstrations
Portfolio Reviews
End of Unit Tests
Summative Essays
Performance Assessments
Knowledge Comprehension Application
• Workshee t
• Concept Map
• Quiz/Te st
• Blogging
• Diar y
• Lists
• Peer Te ach
• Show and Tell
• Summarize
• Cartoon Strip
• Flow Chart
• Illustration
• Cre ate a puzzle, game,
skit, movie, podcast,
wiki, PowerPoint
• Gi ve a speech
• Make a topographic map
• Perform a play
• Take and display a
collection of photographs
on a particular topic
• Write an e xplanation/se t
of instructions
Analysis Synthe sis Evaluation
• Conduct inve stigations
to support a vie w
• Construct a graph
• Cre ate a socio-gram
f rom a narrati ve
• Cre ate a decision-making
matrix to help make a
decision
• Prepare a report
• Write a commercial to
sell a ne w product
• Cre ate an advertisement
• Invent a machine to do a
specific task
• Write a TV show; puppe t
show
• Role Play
• De sign a ne w mone tar y
system
• Prepare and conduct a
debate
• Write a persuasi ve
speech arguing for/
against
• Evaluate the character ’s
action
• Post critical comment to
forums/blog/wiki’s/e tc.
• Conduct inve stigations
• PBL
Summati ve Asse ssments
Bloom’s Digital Taxonomy
Create a model. Write a poem.
Write and produce a play. Create a table of contents.
Make a game. Compile a booklet.
Create a slide show. Create a radio program.
Write a book. Write a new law.
Create a video. Write a new song.
Draw a diagram. Write a biography.
Create an advertisement. Design and construct a new product.
Give a speech. Make a learning center.
Have a panel discussion. Make a dictionary.
Draw a set of blueprints. Plan a journey.
Make a relief map. Compile a portfolio of sketches.
Make a map. Write an opinion article.
Make a chart. Submit a story to a magazine.
Take a survey; interpret the results. Write an essay.
Design an experiment. Present a mock trial.
Write a computer program. Develop a display.
Create a dance. Make a simulation gamer.
Build a planetarium. Formulate a scientific theory.
Teach a lesson. Make an animated movie.
Create a political cartoon. Hold a press conference.
Write a letter to the editor. Conduct a debate.
Design a travel brochure. Write a news report.
Least Likely to Yield
Sophisticated Product
Make a diorama.
Keep a diary.
Make a collage.
Draft and circulate a petition.
Conduct an interview.
Make a list.
Create a word search.
Create a recipe.
Make a puzzle.
Make a mobile.
Make a collection of...
Create a slogan or bumper sticker.
Make a timeline.
Be a mentor.
Prepare and serve ethnic food.
Do a pantomime.
Collect and analyze water.
Develop and use a questionnaire.
Invite a speaker to class.
Work on needlepoint.
Draw a storyline.
Discuss character development.
Put together a photo album.
Most Likely to Yield Sophisticated Product
Multiple Intelligences Project Ideas
Verbal/
Linguistic
Visual/Spatial Logical/
Mathematical
Musical Interpersonal Intrapersonal Bodily/
Kinesthetic
Naturalist
Create an
audiotape
Give a
persuasive
speech
Write a poem
Write a play
or script
Write an
advertisement
Write a letter
Debate
Design a logo
Design a
brochure
Make a
diagram or
flowchart
Make a
sculpture
Create a
cartoon
or comic
Build a model
Film a video
Interpret data
Conduct an
experiment
Create an
outline
Create a
timeline
Present
statistics
Graph data
Write a jingle
Lip sync a song
Write a
song or rap
Create a
radio show
Give an
instrumental
performance
Create
sound effects
Conduct
a survey
Create a
game show
or talk show
Work on a
cooperative
project
Interview
someone
Write a
Readerʼs
Theater
Tutor a
classmate
Construct
a portfolio
Keep a journal
Express your
opinion in
different ʻvoicesʼ
Write a
narrative
Write a good
test for this
material
Act it out
Perform a
pantomime
Choreograph
a dance
Create a
videotape
Create a
sculpture
Create an
observa-
tion log
Conduct an
experiment
Collect
specimens
to represent
the material
Individual and Group Project Ideas
Artwork
portfolio
drawing
collage
comic strip
mural
clay models
illustration of a story in sequence
Oral Work
oral exam
role-playing
panel discussion
tv talk show
oral history of an event
debate
telephone interview
news report
conference with parents, teacher, other students
Other Projects
artifacts
scrapbook
model building
costume of characters or countries
crossword puzzle
mobile
flannel board story
map of a country
puppet show
advertising campaign for a product
Individual and Group Project Ideas
Written Work
diary of a famous person
writing portfolio
poetry notebook
book or movie review
letter to parents, editor, tv station
original fairy tale
modern-day myth
math problem-solving logs
pen-pal letters
graphs, charts, diagrams
original recipes
pamphlet describing a disease
vacation brochure
Media
videotape of studentsʼ performances
video of original commercial
video of news program
video or cassette of student-conducted interviews
cassette tape or readings or oral performances
computer printout or disk
Kinesthetic
pantomime
dance routine
write and perform a song as a mnemonic device
tv commercial
may be an individual or group activity
Independent Projects
may continue for a period of time
results in a product, presentation, or performance
typically has a time line and milestones
has aspects of formative evaluation as the project proceeds
Independent Project Planning Map
Name:
__________________________________________________
Start Date:
_______________________________________________
1. Pose a question. (I wonder.....) The question is the
hardest part
of the project. What do you really want to know and why?
2. Time for research and note-taking. Look for information
in these resources:
encyclopedia magazines videos
internet interviews experiences
trade books school programs other ____________
3. List bibliographic information. (Where did I get my
information?)
4. Look back at your question. (Has my research answered
the ques-
tion that I posed?) If yes, move to the next step. If not,
go back to
your research.
5. Decide how you can best show what you have learned.
(What
product will I choose? Do I have a scoring guide to help
me
know when I am successful?)
6. What steps do you need to take to complete your
project? Check the scoring guide several times
while working on the project.
7. Plan your class presentation. (Do I need a classmate’s
help to do my presentation? Do I need props or music?)
8. Practice and revise your presentation including using any
charts or
models. Practice so that you can talk about your work
without read-
ing from a written report. (Did I check the scoring guide
again to
see if my presentation is “looking good”?)
9. Be prepared to write a reflection. (What did I enjoy most
about my
research? What did I learn? What did I enjoy about my
project and
presentations? If I could do it all again, what would I
change?)
Exploring What I Know
Name: _______________________________________
Topic: ______________________________________
1. What is your big idea?
_____________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________
_________________________________________
2. List or web your big idea.
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
3. Looking at your list or web, write down some ideas you
want to explore.
_____________________________________________________
________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
________________________________________
4. Choose one of your possible ideas. Ask yourself
questions like the following to
help you choose:
What makes this idea so interesting?
__________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
Why is this an important topic to study?
_______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
What questions keep circling around in your head
about this idea? ________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
After talking to a teacher, parent, or friend about your
idea, what new ideas
come from your talk?
_____________________________________________________
______________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
How can I make this idea stand our from all others?
_________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
5. What is your choice for a final topic question to explore?
____________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
Project Planner
Name:
Due Date for Topic and Questions:
The specific topic I will investigate:
__________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
The specific questions I will investigate (list as many
who/what/when/where/why/how
questions as appropriate):
________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Due Date for Gathering Resources:
The resources I will use (minimum of three):
Print Resources (books, magazines, journals):
_________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Web Sites: _____________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Other Resources (interviews, software, videos, exhibits):
_________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Due Date for Product Description:
Describe Your Product(s):
_________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Due Date for Evaluation Checklist:
Solicit parental feedback.
Solicit peer feedback.
Complete a self-evaluation form.
Due Date for Sharing:
I will share my project using:
a display:
_____________________________________________________
________
a presentation:
_____________________________________________________
____
Due Date for Written Reflection:
Project-Based Learning on the Web
http://www.4teachers.org/projectbased
This site provides research-based support for PBL as well
as
the ability to create your own checklists for project work.
http://www.project-approach.com
Aimed at early childhood and elementary grades, this site
supports
PBL with research, practical planning materials, and fully
described
examples.
http://www.exchange.co-nnect.net/Teleprojects
A well-organized site with many technology based
projects available.
Some require fee; many are free.
http://www.autodesk.com/foundation/pbl
Supported by the Autodesk Foundation, more success
stories and
background support for PBL.
http://www.pblmm.k12.ca.us
One of the Technology Innovation Challenge Grants, this
California-
based effort has a multi-media focus, but has rich information
around
PBL for all.
http://www.bie.org/pbl
Designed to support middle and secondary school
teachers, but don’t
miss the Project Examples linked off Resources.
http://www.millennaire.com/pbl.html
This site links folks to online projects ranging from
simple to complex.
Project Evaluation
Name: _____________________________ Topic:
____________________________________
Research Question:
_____________________________________________________
________
Teacher and Peer Assessment:
Research:
Used at least three sources
Documented sources
Gathered interesting information
Worked hard preparing
Preparation
Was well prepared
Demonstrated good delivery skills
Used multiple delivery modes
Demonstrated understanding of topic
Answered questions effectively
Teacher and Class Comments:
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
Excellent Satisfactory Needs Work
Excellent Satisfactory Needs Work
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
NOTES/note 3.pdf
presented by Lynne Ecenbarger
Classroom Assessments
Test = obtain a score
Assess = obtain the
“how” or “why”
behind the score
Evaluate = after
intervention, obtain
evidence that the
intervention is working
Assessment implies that
a decision will be made
and some action taken
to enhance learning.
Previous Cycle of
ClassroomTeaching/Assessment
Teach
Test
Grade
Go On
• record score
M
T
W
Th
F
• write 5 x each
• use in sentence
• workbook page/pretest
• post test
• go on
• ABC order
Cycle of Classroom Asse ssment
Pre-Asse ssments
Te ach
Ongoing/Formati ve Asse ssments
Re te ach/Enrich
Summati ve Asse ssments
Grade
Assessments are too often
viewed as autopsies
when they should be
viewed as physicals.
Like most things in education, classroom
assessment enhances student achieve-
ment under certain conditions only.
Feedback from classroom assess-
ments should provide students with
a clear picture of:
their progress on learning goals
how they might improve
Feedback from classroom assess-
ment should encourage students
to improve.
Classroom assessment should
be formative in nature.
Formative classroom assess-
ments should be quite frequent.
Robert Marzano, 2007
It has been said that
feedback is often too
little, too late, too
vague, presented in
the wrong form,
and therefore
lacking in impact.
Jensen, 1998
What is “good” classroom assessment?
Classroom Assessments
• used to assess lessons’ objectives
• administered within classrooms
• administered continuously throughout the day
• used to differentiate instruction
Classroom Screening and
Progress Monitoring Tools
Based on Grade Level
Standards and Curriculum
• different from grade level screening tools such as DIBELS,
AIMS Web, etc. which are administered across the grade level
• information is used instead to differentiate Tier 1 instruction
in
individual general education classrooms
Initial
Asse
sssm
ent
and th
en Fo
rmativ
e
Asses
smen
ts (Pr
ogres
s
Monit
oring)
(3-4
x yea
r)
Look
for a
patter
n
(clust
ering)
of er
rors;
ask, “
what
do the
se
errors
in ea
ch clu
ster
have
in com
mon?
”;
then a
sk, “h
ow do
es
this c
luster
differ
from
the on
e befo
re an
d afte
r it?”
4-8
“grid the kid” by placing their name on the chart based on
assessed level of readiness; form the tiers
for small group interventions
D
es
tin
y
P
au
l
C
la
ir
e
Te
ss
S
am
B
ro
ok
e
M
as
on
E
m
ily
4-8
provide research-based instruction and interventions until the
first progress monitoring; reassess;
“regrid the kids” based on progress; readjust the intervention
groups
D
es
tin
y
P
au
l
C
la
ir
e
Te
ss
S
am
B
ro
ok
e
M
as
on
E
m
ily
• Sample the key content in the unit
• Mirror the post-assessment
• Contain a low baseline
• Align with CCSS
• Are closely tied to the content
learning objectives
• Can be efficiently scored
• Support decision-making
• Inform students of the purpose
Classroom Lesson
Pre-Assessments (before
each lesson or unit of study):
PREASSESSMENTS
Alphaboxes
Quickwrites
Ready-Set-Show
Anchor Activities
Anticipation Guides
Graphic Organizers
Tests from Textbooks
Dry Erase/Show Me/Chalk Boards
Alphaboxes
Quickwrites
Graphic Organizers
Anticipation Guides
Dictation Sentences
Running Records
TAPS
Pre-Tests/Tests from Textbooks
Teacher introduces the topic.
Students write three words or
phrases that come to mind when
they hear the topic. They write
each response in the box that the
word/phrase begins with. For
example, if the topic were “rocks”,
a student might write “igneous” in
the /i/ box, “gems” in the /g/ box,
and “minerals” in the /m/ box.
Have the students share with a
partner or in a whole-class setting.
They may only share answers that
have not already been given. Any
student that shares must be able to
explain how the word/phrase they
have listed is related to the topic.
Anticipation Guide
“From Egg to Butterfly”
agree disagree
1. The butterfly has five
stages in its life cycle.
2. The egg is the last stage.
3. Caterpillars spend five days
in the egg before hatching.
4. Caterpillars eat in-
sects for their food.
5. Caterpillars eat for about
fifteen days before form-
ing a hard shell.
6. Caterpillars change into
pupas after shedding
their outer skin.
7. The caterpillar spends
about ten days inside
a pupa.
8. Caterpillars eat while
inside the pupa.
9. There are about 20 days
in the life cycle of a butterfly.
10. An butterfly has six legs
and three body parts.
Teacher lists the objectives for the
unit ahead of time in an “Anticipation
Map”, falsifying two or three of the
objectives. Students are asked to
check whether they agree or dis-
agree with each of the statements.
The teacher could use this as a
post-assessment, as well, by pre-
senting the “Anticipation Map” at
the end of the unit and having each
student check the appropriate box
based on what they learned.
From Our Classroom Strategy Library
Anticipation Guide
All About Adolescent Literacy
www.adlit.org
Resources for Parents and Educators of Kids Grades 4—12
Name
Topic
Read each statement below. Respond in the left column whether
you agree (A) or disagree (D)
with each statement. Think about why you agree or disagree,
and be prepared to share.
Before
Reading
Agree/Disagree
Statement/Question
After
Reading
Agree/Disagree
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
free,
open-
ended
resou
rces f
rom A
dLit.o
rg
(stand
s for A
doles
cent L
iterac
y)
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
http://adlit.org
A Quick Write is a literacy strategy which can be used in
any content area to develop writing fluency, to build the
habit of reflection into a learning experience, and to
informally assess student thinking. The strategy asks
learners to respond in 2–10 minutes to an open-ended
question or prompt posed by the teacher. This writing
assignment can be used at the beginning, middle, or
end of a lesson. For example, students are asked to
write about what they learned, problems they encount-
ered, what they liked (or did not like) about the lesson,
how well they understood the concepts, and questions
they may have about the lesson. In content teaching, the
integration of reading and writing reinforces meaning
construction as both activities use similar processing skills.
Quickwrites in 5 Steps for students in grades K-2:
Model and rehearse with students the following 5 steps:
1. Think. (They repeat as you raise one finger.)
2. Draw a picture. (They repeat as you raise another finger.)
3. Write something. (They repeat as you raise a third finger.)
4. Write your name. (They repeat as you raise a fourth finger.)
5. Write the date. (They repeat as you raise a fifth finger.)
Facilitating Quickwrites for students in grades 3-12:
1. Remind students that they can’t stop writing until the timer
goes off and, when it does, they may finish only their last
sentence.
2. Give students exactly 1 minute to think and start everyone
together.
3. Turn the timer away from students so they will not watch
the clock.
4. Circulate, encourage, and praise.
5. Ask volunteers to share their Quickwrites and allow for
questions and positive comments.
Formative Assessment -
an Integral Part of Classroom Instruction
Weighing cows won’t make
‘em fatter, just as testing
kids won’t increase student
learning!
• Are closely tied to the content
students are learning
• Can be spontaneous or
planned
• May be formal or informal
• Can cause critical teacher
insights into student learning
and/or misconceptions
• Require careful observation
and reflection
• Support decision-making
regarding instruction
Provides Regular Feedback!
Formative Assessments
to Inform Lesson Planning…
Everything students might SAY, DO, or
CREATE has the potential to be formative
because it can provide information about
how much they understand and helps
the teacher plan the next steps of instruction.
The line between
assessment
and instruction
should be blurred!
Don’t ever assess
unless you’re
going to take action!
Let’s take a closer look at
types of formative assessments...
During
the
Lesson
Quick, Ongoing
Assessment Ideas
3-2-1
R.A.F.T.’s
paper-pass
quickwrites
dry-erase slates
Ready-Set-Show
five questions for this answer
mindmaps and other graphic organizers
exit
slips
I Ha
ve-W
ho H
as?
Yes/No cards
“During Instruction”
Asse ssment Ide as
Pinch Cards
Obser vations
Stop-and-Jots
Masking
Note
-Taki
ng
R .A.F. T.’s
Quick write s
Re ady-Se t-Show
Exit Slips
Le arning Logs
Fi ve Que stions for this Answer
Mindmaps and other graphic organizers
3-2-1
Summ
arizer
Ready - Set - Show Ready - Set - Show
.
?
!
1/2
1/3
1/5
I’ve almost got it!
I’m lost!
I’m a bit
confused!
I could
te ach this!
Pinch Card
(check for understanding)
TIPS
(Thi
nk/In
k/Pa
ir/Sh
are)
Students write the teacher’s
question in the “Think” box.
They then write their response
in the “Ink” box. When the
teacher says “Pair”, they turn
and share their answer with a
partner. To complete this activity,
I ask the students to take a few
minutes and write the name of
their partner in the “Pair” box
and to write what their partner
shared in the “Share” box.
Formative Assessing with Learning Logs
Short, ungraded and unedited,
reflective writing in learning logs is
a venue to promote genuine consideration
of learning activities. Learning logs provide
authentic writing experiences in any content area.
Ideas for Math Journal Topics
Write 12 things that the number six means to you.
Pretend you have to explain to a new student how to
subtract numbers. Use any concept or algorithm.
Write a reaction to the lesson being studied.
Discuss how you approach a problem and solve it. Then
discuss another way to do it.
Discuss ways that a triangle and a square are alike, and
then how they are different.
“Today I discovered….”
“Something I’ve been wondering about…”
“I think fractions were discovered when…”
Items to Gather:
• wooden paint sticks
• Sharpies
Instructions:
Step 1: First start with your first stick and write start.
Step 2: Next start writing your clues and the answers
on the tip.
Step 3: Then write finish on your last stick.
Other Tips/Suggestions:
You can make all of the facts connect or make them
different like I did above. You can make it longer for
your high kids and shorter for your lower kids. Give
them a timer and have them try to beat 1 minute.
You can make any changes you desire!
Place
Value
I Have -
Who Has
After
the
Lesson
Quick, Ongoing
Assessment Ideas
3-2-1
R.A.F.T.’s
paper-pass
quickwrites
dry-erase slates
Ready-Set-Show
five questions for this answer
mindmaps and other graphic organizers
exit
slips
I Ha
ve-W
ho H
as?
Yes/No cards
“Af ter Instruction”
Asse ssment Ide as
Exit Slips
3-2-1- Summarizers
Snowball Fights
Paper Pass
Le arning Logs
I Have-Who Has
Foldable s
Writ ten Re sponse s
Exit Cards
Exit Cards (AKA “Ticke ts to Le ave”) are used to gather
information on student re adine ss levels, intere sts, and/
or le arning profile s.
The te acher hands out inde x cars to students at the end of
an inst ructional sequence or class period. The te acher asks
the students to re spond to a pre-de termined prompt on their
inde x cards and then turn them in as they le ave the classroom
or t ransition to another subject.
The te acher revie ws the student re sponse s and separate s
the cards into instructional groups based on pre se t criteria.
Exit Cards
•On your e xit card ...
•Explain the dif ference
be t ween simile and
me taphor. Gi ve an
e xample of e ach as
part of your e xplanation.
Exit Cards
We have begun a study
of “author ’s craf t”.
•Identif y three e xample s
of figurati ve language
used in the novel
Morning Girl by
Michael Dorris.
Exit Cards
Today you began to
le arn about decimals
and f ractions.
• List three things you le arned.
• Write at le ast one que stion
you have about decimals and/
or f ractions.
From Our Classroom Strategy Library
Exit Slips
All About Adolescent Literacy
www.adlit.org
Resources for Parents and Educators of Kids Grades 4—12
Write one thing you learned today.
Name
Rate your understanding of today’s topic on a scale of 1-10.
What can you do to improve
your understanding?
Name
Describe one way that today’s lesson could be used in the real
world.
12 Digital Tools to Implement Exit Slips
3-2-1 Summarizer
3
2
1
Identify three “ah-ha’s”
from today’s lesson
about plate tectonics.
Pose two new questions you
have about plate movement.
Name one thing you
will remember forever.
3-2-1 Summarizer
Af ter re ading over my first draf t...
3 re visions I can make to improve
my draf t
2 re source s I can use to help improve
my draf t
1 thing I re ally like about my first draf t
Foldables (3-D Graphic Organizers)
“…a three-dimensional student-made (and/or teacher-
made) interactive graphic organizer based upon
a skill”. Foldables provide students with a “fast,
kinesthetic activity that helps them organize and
retain information either before, during, or after reading”.
What are Foldables?
Formative:
Assessment FOR Learning
Summative:
Assessment OF Learning
• Are like a rear view mirror
of the pre-assessment
• Contain a high ceiling
• Assess content, skills, and
strategies
• Focus on application
of knowledge to novel
situations
• Couple with trait rubrics
• Include opportunities for
personal reflections
• Can be used to calculate
gain scores
Post-Assessments: Summative Assessments:
essays, persuasive writing, and creative or
expressive writing, as well as research papers.
synthesizing information and explaining their
understanding of concepts and ideas.
an audience with a specific
purpose.
or use academic structures for research and/
or formal writing.
Writing-to-Demonstrate Knowledge Summative Assessments
Summative Assessments
Checklists
Debates
Products
Demonstrations
Portfolio Reviews
End of Unit Tests
Summative Essays
Performance Assessments
Knowledge Comprehension Application
• Workshee t
• Concept Map
• Quiz/Te st
• Blogging
• Diar y
• Lists
• Peer Te ach
• Show and Tell
• Summarize
• Cartoon Strip
• Flow Chart
• Illustration
• Cre ate a puzzle, game,
skit, movie, podcast,
wiki, PowerPoint
• Gi ve a speech
• Make a topographic map
• Perform a play
• Take and display a
collection of photographs
on a particular topic
• Write an e xplanation/se t
of instructions
Analysis Synthe sis Evaluation
• Conduct inve stigations
to support a vie w
• Construct a graph
• Cre ate a socio-gram
f rom a narrati ve
• Cre ate a decision-making
matrix to help make a
decision
• Prepare a report
• Write a commercial to
sell a ne w product
• Cre ate an advertisement
• Invent a machine to do a
specific task
• Write a TV show; puppe t
show
• Role Play
• De sign a ne w mone tar y
system
• Prepare and conduct a
debate
• Write a persuasi ve
speech arguing for/
against
• Evaluate the character ’s
action
• Post critical comment to
forums/blog/wiki’s/e tc.
• Conduct inve stigations
• PBL
Summati ve Asse ssments
Bloom’s Digital Taxonomy
Create a model. Write a poem.
Write and produce a play. Create a table of contents.
Make a game. Compile a booklet.
Create a slide show. Create a radio program.
Write a book. Write a new law.
Create a video. Write a new song.
Draw a diagram. Write a biography.
Create an advertisement. Design and construct a new product.
Give a speech. Make a learning center.
Have a panel discussion. Make a dictionary.
Draw a set of blueprints. Plan a journey.
Make a relief map. Compile a portfolio of sketches.
Make a map. Write an opinion article.
Make a chart. Submit a story to a magazine.
Take a survey; interpret the results. Write an essay.
Design an experiment. Present a mock trial.
Write a computer program. Develop a display.
Create a dance. Make a simulation gamer.
Build a planetarium. Formulate a scientific theory.
Teach a lesson. Make an animated movie.
Create a political cartoon. Hold a press conference.
Write a letter to the editor. Conduct a debate.
Design a travel brochure. Write a news report.
Least Likely to Yield
Sophisticated Product
Make a diorama.
Keep a diary.
Make a collage.
Draft and circulate a petition.
Conduct an interview.
Make a list.
Create a word search.
Create a recipe.
Make a puzzle.
Make a mobile.
Make a collection of...
Create a slogan or bumper sticker.
Make a timeline.
Be a mentor.
Prepare and serve ethnic food.
Do a pantomime.
Collect and analyze water.
Develop and use a questionnaire.
Invite a speaker to class.
Work on needlepoint.
Draw a storyline.
Discuss character development.
Put together a photo album.
Most Likely to Yield Sophisticated Product
Multiple Intelligences Project Ideas
Verbal/
Linguistic
Visual/Spatial Logical/
Mathematical
Musical Interpersonal Intrapersonal Bodily/
Kinesthetic
Naturalist
Create an
audiotape
Give a
persuasive
speech
Write a poem
Write a play
or script
Write an
advertisement
Write a letter
Debate
Design a logo
Design a
brochure
Make a
diagram or
flowchart
Make a
sculpture
Create a
cartoon
or comic
Build a model
Film a video
Interpret data
Conduct an
experiment
Create an
outline
Create a
timeline
Present
statistics
Graph data
Write a jingle
Lip sync a song
Write a
song or rap
Create a
radio show
Give an
instrumental
performance
Create
sound effects
Conduct
a survey
Create a
game show
or talk show
Work on a
cooperative
project
Interview
someone
Write a
Readerʼs
Theater
Tutor a
classmate
Construct
a portfolio
Keep a journal
Express your
opinion in
different ʻvoicesʼ
Write a
narrative
Write a good
test for this
material
Act it out
Perform a
pantomime
Choreograph
a dance
Create a
videotape
Create a
sculpture
Create an
observa-
tion log
Conduct an
experiment
Collect
specimens
to represent
the material
Individual and Group Project Ideas
Artwork
portfolio
drawing
collage
comic strip
mural
clay models
illustration of a story in sequence
Oral Work
oral exam
role-playing
panel discussion
tv talk show
oral history of an event
debate
telephone interview
news report
conference with parents, teacher, other students
Other Projects
artifacts
scrapbook
model building
costume of characters or countries
crossword puzzle
mobile
flannel board story
map of a country
puppet show
advertising campaign for a product
Individual and Group Project Ideas
Written Work
diary of a famous person
writing portfolio
poetry notebook
book or movie review
letter to parents, editor, tv station
original fairy tale
modern-day myth
math problem-solving logs
pen-pal letters
graphs, charts, diagrams
original recipes
pamphlet describing a disease
vacation brochure
Media
videotape of studentsʼ performances
video of original commercial
video of news program
video or cassette of student-conducted interviews
cassette tape or readings or oral performances
computer printout or disk
Kinesthetic
pantomime
dance routine
write and perform a song as a mnemonic device
tv commercial
may be an individual or group activity
Independent Projects
may continue for a period of time
results in a product, presentation, or performance
typically has a time line and milestones
has aspects of formative evaluation as the project proceeds
Independent Project Planning Map
Name:
__________________________________________________
Start Date:
_______________________________________________
1. Pose a question. (I wonder.....) The question is the
hardest part
of the project. What do you really want to know and why?
2. Time for research and note-taking. Look for information
in these resources:
encyclopedia magazines videos
internet interviews experiences
trade books school programs other ____________
3. List bibliographic information. (Where did I get my
information?)
4. Look back at your question. (Has my research answered
the ques-
tion that I posed?) If yes, move to the next step. If not,
go back to
your research.
5. Decide how you can best show what you have learned.
(What
product will I choose? Do I have a scoring guide to help
me
know when I am successful?)
6. What steps do you need to take to complete your
project? Check the scoring guide several times
while working on the project.
7. Plan your class presentation. (Do I need a classmate’s
help to do my presentation? Do I need props or music?)
8. Practice and revise your presentation including using any
charts or
models. Practice so that you can talk about your work
without read-
ing from a written report. (Did I check the scoring guide
again to
see if my presentation is “looking good”?)
9. Be prepared to write a reflection. (What did I enjoy most
about my
research? What did I learn? What did I enjoy about my
project and
presentations? If I could do it all again, what would I
change?)
Exploring What I Know
Name: _______________________________________
Topic: ______________________________________
1. What is your big idea?
_____________________________________________________
_______________
_____________________________________________________
_________________________________________
2. List or web your big idea.
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________
3. Looking at your list or web, write down some ideas you
want to explore.
_____________________________________________________
________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
________________________________________
4. Choose one of your possible ideas. Ask yourself
questions like the following to
help you choose:
What makes this idea so interesting?
__________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
Why is this an important topic to study?
_______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
What questions keep circling around in your head
about this idea? ________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
After talking to a teacher, parent, or friend about your
idea, what new ideas
come from your talk?
_____________________________________________________
______________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
How can I make this idea stand our from all others?
_________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
5. What is your choice for a final topic question to explore?
____________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________________
Project Planner
Name:
Due Date for Topic and Questions:
The specific topic I will investigate:
__________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
The specific questions I will investigate (list as many
who/what/when/where/why/how
questions as appropriate):
________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Due Date for Gathering Resources:
The resources I will use (minimum of three):
Print Resources (books, magazines, journals):
_________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Web Sites: _____________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Other Resources (interviews, software, videos, exhibits):
_________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Due Date for Product Description:
Describe Your Product(s):
_________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
_____________________________________________________
_________________
Due Date for Evaluation Checklist:
Solicit parental feedback.
Solicit peer feedback.
Complete a self-evaluation form.
Due Date for Sharing:
I will share my project using:
a display:
_____________________________________________________
________
a presentation:
_____________________________________________________
____
Due Date for Written Reflection:
Project-Based Learning on the Web
http://www.4teachers.org/projectbased
This site provides research-based support for PBL as well
as
the ability to create your own checklists for project work.
http://www.project-approach.com
Aimed at early childhood and elementary grades, this site
supports
PBL with research, practical planning materials, and fully
described
examples.
http://www.exchange.co-nnect.net/Teleprojects
A well-organized site with many technology based
projects available.
Some require fee; many are free.
http://www.autodesk.com/foundation/pbl
Supported by the Autodesk Foundation, more success
stories and
background support for PBL.
http://www.pblmm.k12.ca.us
One of the Technology Innovation Challenge Grants, this
California-
based effort has a multi-media focus, but has rich information
around
PBL for all.
http://www.bie.org/pbl
Designed to support middle and secondary school
teachers, but don’t
miss the Project Examples linked off Resources.
http://www.millennaire.com/pbl.html
This site links folks to online projects ranging from
simple to complex.
Project Evaluation
Name: _____________________________ Topic:
____________________________________
Research Question:
_____________________________________________________
________
Teacher and Peer Assessment:
Research:
Used at least three sources
Documented sources
Gathered interesting information
Worked hard preparing
Preparation
Was well prepared
Demonstrated good delivery skills
Used multiple delivery modes
Demonstrated understanding of topic
Answered questions effectively
Teacher and Class Comments:
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
_____________________________________________________
_______________________________
Excellent Satisfactory Needs Work
Excellent Satisfactory Needs Work
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
NOTES/Top Tech Tools for Formative Assessment-1.pdf
DONATE
(HTTPS://WWW.COMMONSENSEMEDIA.ORG/DONATE)
Top Tech Tools for Formative
Assessment
Edulastic
Visit Website:
https://www.edulastic.com/
Powerful formative assessment tool
tracks achievement of standards
GRADES
K-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free
PlayPosit
Visit Website:
http://www.playposit.com/
GRADES
2-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free, Paid
Through formative assessment, teachers check student
understanding, get valuable data on student learning, and
then use that data to modify instruction. When teachers know
what students know (or don't know), they can adjust
to meet students right at their level. The best formative
assessment tools also help students self-reflect and assess,
figuring out where they are and where they need to go as
learners. Browse the tools below to find one that meets
your needs. There are formative assessment apps for everything
from discussion to quizzing, polling, and student
responses to interactive lessons and videos.
Interesting seeing how two of the best formative assessment
apps compare? Check out our EdTech Showdown
featuring Kahoot! and Formative.
Interactive Lessons and Video
TOP PICK
COMMON SENSE RATING
4 / 5TEACHER RATING
5 / 5
COMMON SENSE RATING
4 / 5TEACHER RATING
4 / 5
Bookmark
https://www.commonsensemedia.org/donate
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/edulastic
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/edulastic
https://www.edulastic.com/
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/playposit
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/playposit
http://www.playposit.com/
https://www.commonsense.org/education/teaching-
strategies/student-centered-formative-assessment
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bmQ4V_jk9Rk
https://www.commonsense.org/education/user?current=node/394
6756
Simple design makes it easy to jump
into interactive video
GoClass
Visit Website:
https://www.goclass.com/guestapp/index.aspx
Deliver interactive lessons right to
kids' mobile devices and tablets
GRADES
6-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free
The Answer Pad
Visit Website:
http://www.theanswerpad.com/
Simple, multipurpose assessment tool
for the BYOD classroom
GRADES
6-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free, Paid
Kahoot!
Visit Website: https://getkahoot.com/
Game-like student-response tool can
GRADES
8-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free
Quizzing, Polling, and Student Response
COMMON SENSE RATING
4 / 5TEACHER RATING
Not Yet Rated
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5TEACHER RATING
5 / 5
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5TEACHER RATING
4 / 5
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/goclass
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/goclass
https://www.goclass.com/guestapp/index.aspx
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/the-answer-
pad
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/the-answer-
pad
http://www.theanswerpad.com/
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/kahoot
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/kahoot
https://getkahoot.com/
spark competitive fun
Socrative
Visit Website:
http://www.socrative.com/
Snapshot quizzes and questions
measure student learning
GRADES
3-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free
Quizalize
Visit Website:
https://www.quizalize.com/
Familiar game show quizzes with a
few new features
GRADES
4-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free, Paid
Plickers
Publisher: Plickers Inc.
Useful rapid-response tool for tech-
limited classrooms
GRADES
5-12
TYPE
App
PRICE
Free
PLATFORMS
Android,
iPad,
iPhone,
iPod Touch
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5TEACHER RATING
4 / 5
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5TEACHER RATING
3 / 5
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5
TEACHER RATING
3 / 5
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/socrative
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/socrative
http://www.socrative.com/
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/quizalize
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/quizalize
https://www.quizalize.com/
https://www.commonsense.org/education/app/plickers
https://www.commonsense.org/education/app/plickers
https://www.commonsense.org/education/publisher/plickers-inc
GoSoapBox
Visit Website:
http://www.gosoapbox.com
Solid web-based clicker tool gives
instant feedback
GRADES
6-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free, Paid
Poll Everywhere
Visit Website:
http://www.polleverywhere.com/
Straightforward student-response
tool does its job well
GRADES
7-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free, Paid
Backchannel Chat
Visit Website:
https://backchannelchat.com
Real-time, moderated online
discussions can engage and
GRADES
7-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free to Try,
Paid
Discussion
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5TEACHER RATING
4 / 5
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5TEACHER RATING
3 / 5
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5
TEACHER RATING
4 / 5
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/gosoapbox
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/gosoapbox
http://www.gosoapbox.com/
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/poll-
everywhere
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/poll-
everywhere
http://www.polleverywhere.com/
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/backchannel-
chat
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/backchannel-
chat
https://backchannelchat.com/
encourage
TodaysMeet
Visit Website: https://todaysmeet.com/
Easy online conversations
supplement and extend the
classroom
GRADES
8-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free, Paid
Piazza
Visit Website: https://piazza.com
Advanced Q&A tool compels
collaboration, higher-order thinking
GRADES
10-12
TYPE
Website
PRICE
Free
COMMON SENSE RATING
3 / 5TEACHER RATING
4 / 5
COMMON SENSE RATING
4 / 5TEACHER RATING
4 / 5
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/todaysmeet
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/todaysmeet
https://todaysmeet.com/
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/piazza
https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/piazza
https://piazza.com/

More Related Content

PDF
Active learning strategies
PDF
Handout interactive-techniques
PDF
101 tips for the classroom
PDF
40 active learning strategies for active students teachingcom
PPTX
Active Learning in teaching learning in class
DOCX
Teachers education CATs in making Lesson plan
DOC
Differentiated Instruction Toolbox
DOC
25waysfor twt2
Active learning strategies
Handout interactive-techniques
101 tips for the classroom
40 active learning strategies for active students teachingcom
Active Learning in teaching learning in class
Teachers education CATs in making Lesson plan
Differentiated Instruction Toolbox
25waysfor twt2

Similar to NOTES101 Tips-1.pdfInteractive Techniques Ada.docx (20)

PDF
Collaborative teaching and learning approach
DOCX
Tools for formative assessment - Educational material
PPT
Những dự án học tập chủ động và tích cực
PDF
Structure The Class Environment To Support Active Learning
PPTX
Teaching101: Teri Balser's workshop at NCBS, Bangalore
PDF
Building students’ critical thinking 10 tips
PPTX
Student engagement in the teaching profession
PDF
2. Differentiated Instruction Strategies
PPT
Teach like a champion chapt.s 3 and 4
PPTX
How do you effectively engage your student in
PPT
7-A-Review-on-Principles-of-Teaching.ppt
DOCX
Effective questioning techniques
PPTX
Intractive teaching and learning.pptx
PPTX
How Do You Effectively Engage Your Students in Learning?
PDF
20 Best Interactive Teaching Activities | CIO Women Magazine
PDF
22 formative assessment techniques
PPTX
DEMO-TEACHING values education 123456789
PPTX
Active learning
PDF
Informal Formative Assessment Strategies
PPTX
TEACHING STRATEGIES IN SOCIAL STUDIES.pptx
Collaborative teaching and learning approach
Tools for formative assessment - Educational material
Những dự án học tập chủ động và tích cực
Structure The Class Environment To Support Active Learning
Teaching101: Teri Balser's workshop at NCBS, Bangalore
Building students’ critical thinking 10 tips
Student engagement in the teaching profession
2. Differentiated Instruction Strategies
Teach like a champion chapt.s 3 and 4
How do you effectively engage your student in
7-A-Review-on-Principles-of-Teaching.ppt
Effective questioning techniques
Intractive teaching and learning.pptx
How Do You Effectively Engage Your Students in Learning?
20 Best Interactive Teaching Activities | CIO Women Magazine
22 formative assessment techniques
DEMO-TEACHING values education 123456789
Active learning
Informal Formative Assessment Strategies
TEACHING STRATEGIES IN SOCIAL STUDIES.pptx

More from vannagoforth (20)

DOCX
1. Primary sources2. Secondary sources3. La Malinche4. Bacon’s.docx
DOCX
1. Prepare an outline, an introduction, and a summary.docx
DOCX
1. Normative moral philosophy typically focuses on the determining t.docx
DOCX
1. Paper should be 5-pages min. + 1 page works cited2. Should have.docx
DOCX
1. Name and describe the three steps of the looking-glass self.2.docx
DOCX
1. Provide an example of a business or specific person(s) that effec.docx
DOCX
1. Mexico and Guatemala. Research the political and economic situati.docx
DOCX
1. Many scholars have set some standards to judge a system for taxat.docx
DOCX
1. List and (in 1-2 sentences) describe the 4 interlocking factors t.docx
DOCX
1. Please explain how the Constitution provides for a system of sepa.docx
DOCX
1. Please watch the following The Diving Bell & The Butterfly, Amel.docx
DOCX
1. Most sociologists interpret social life from one of the three maj.docx
DOCX
1. Members of one species cannot successfully interbreed and produc.docx
DOCX
1. Of the three chemical bonds discussed in class, which of them is .docx
DOCX
1. Look at your diagrams for hydrogen, lithium, and sodium. What do .docx
DOCX
1. Name the following molecules2. Sketch the following molecules.docx
DOCX
1. List the horizontal and vertical levels of systems that exist in .docx
DOCX
1. Kemal Ataturk carried out policies that distanced the new Turkish.docx
DOCX
1. If we consider a gallon of gas as having 100 units of energy, and.docx
DOCX
1. In 200-250 words, analyze the basic issues of human biology as th.docx
1. Primary sources2. Secondary sources3. La Malinche4. Bacon’s.docx
1. Prepare an outline, an introduction, and a summary.docx
1. Normative moral philosophy typically focuses on the determining t.docx
1. Paper should be 5-pages min. + 1 page works cited2. Should have.docx
1. Name and describe the three steps of the looking-glass self.2.docx
1. Provide an example of a business or specific person(s) that effec.docx
1. Mexico and Guatemala. Research the political and economic situati.docx
1. Many scholars have set some standards to judge a system for taxat.docx
1. List and (in 1-2 sentences) describe the 4 interlocking factors t.docx
1. Please explain how the Constitution provides for a system of sepa.docx
1. Please watch the following The Diving Bell & The Butterfly, Amel.docx
1. Most sociologists interpret social life from one of the three maj.docx
1. Members of one species cannot successfully interbreed and produc.docx
1. Of the three chemical bonds discussed in class, which of them is .docx
1. Look at your diagrams for hydrogen, lithium, and sodium. What do .docx
1. Name the following molecules2. Sketch the following molecules.docx
1. List the horizontal and vertical levels of systems that exist in .docx
1. Kemal Ataturk carried out policies that distanced the new Turkish.docx
1. If we consider a gallon of gas as having 100 units of energy, and.docx
1. In 200-250 words, analyze the basic issues of human biology as th.docx

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ 4 KỸ NĂNG TIẾNG ANH 9 GLOBAL SUCCESS - CẢ NĂM - BÁM SÁT FORM Đ...
PDF
102 student loan defaulters named and shamed – Is someone you know on the list?
PDF
Classroom Observation Tools for Teachers
PDF
TR - Agricultural Crops Production NC III.pdf
PDF
3rd Neelam Sanjeevareddy Memorial Lecture.pdf
PPTX
Microbial diseases, their pathogenesis and prophylaxis
PDF
Saundersa Comprehensive Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination.pdf
PDF
O7-L3 Supply Chain Operations - ICLT Program
PDF
Supply Chain Operations Speaking Notes -ICLT Program
PPTX
Pharmacology of Heart Failure /Pharmacotherapy of CHF
PPTX
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
PDF
Microbial disease of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
PPTX
Cell Structure & Organelles in detailed.
PDF
O5-L3 Freight Transport Ops (International) V1.pdf
PDF
Module 4: Burden of Disease Tutorial Slides S2 2025
PDF
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
PDF
Insiders guide to clinical Medicine.pdf
PPTX
Pharma ospi slides which help in ospi learning
PPTX
school management -TNTEU- B.Ed., Semester II Unit 1.pptx
PPTX
PPT- ENG7_QUARTER1_LESSON1_WEEK1. IMAGERY -DESCRIPTIONS pptx.pptx
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ 4 KỸ NĂNG TIẾNG ANH 9 GLOBAL SUCCESS - CẢ NĂM - BÁM SÁT FORM Đ...
102 student loan defaulters named and shamed – Is someone you know on the list?
Classroom Observation Tools for Teachers
TR - Agricultural Crops Production NC III.pdf
3rd Neelam Sanjeevareddy Memorial Lecture.pdf
Microbial diseases, their pathogenesis and prophylaxis
Saundersa Comprehensive Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination.pdf
O7-L3 Supply Chain Operations - ICLT Program
Supply Chain Operations Speaking Notes -ICLT Program
Pharmacology of Heart Failure /Pharmacotherapy of CHF
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
Microbial disease of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
Cell Structure & Organelles in detailed.
O5-L3 Freight Transport Ops (International) V1.pdf
Module 4: Burden of Disease Tutorial Slides S2 2025
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
Insiders guide to clinical Medicine.pdf
Pharma ospi slides which help in ospi learning
school management -TNTEU- B.Ed., Semester II Unit 1.pptx
PPT- ENG7_QUARTER1_LESSON1_WEEK1. IMAGERY -DESCRIPTIONS pptx.pptx

NOTES101 Tips-1.pdfInteractive Techniques Ada.docx

  • 1. NOTES/101 Tips-1.pdf Interactive Techniques Adapted in part from: Thomas A. Angelo/K. Patricia Cross, Classroom Assessment Techniques. 2nd Edition. Jossey-Bass: San Francisco, 1993. Alison Morrison-Shetlar/Mary Marwitz, Teaching Creatively: Ideas in Action. Outernet: Eden Prairie, 2001. Silberman, Mel. Active Learning: 101 Strategies to Teach Any Subject. Allyn and Bacon: Boston, 1996. VanGundy, Arthur. 101 Activities for Teaching Creativity and Problem Solving. Pfeiffer: San Francisco, 2005. Watkins, Ryan. 75 e-Learning Activities: Making Online Learning Interactive. San Francisco: Pfeiffer, 2005. These techniques have multiple benefits: the instructor can
  • 2. easily and quickly assess if students have really mastered the material (and plan to dedicate more time to it, if necessary), and the process of measuring student understanding in many cases is also practice for the material—often students do not actually learn the material until asked to make use of it in assessments such as these. Finally, the very nature of these assessments drives interactivity and brings several benefits. Students are revived from their passivity of merely listening to a lecture and instead become attentive and engaged, two prerequisites for effective learning. These techniques are often perceived as “fun”, yet they are frequently more effective than lectures at enabling student learning. Not all techniques listed here will have universal appeal, with factors such as your teaching style and personality influencing which choices may be right for you. Instructor Action: Lecture 1. Picture Prompt – Show students an image with no explanation, and ask them to identify/explain it, and justify their answers. Or ask students to write about it using terms from lecture, or to name the processes and concepts shown. Also works well as group activity. Do not give the “answer” until they have explored all
  • 3. options first. 2. Think Break – Ask a rhetorical question, and then allow 20 seconds for students to think about the problem before you go on to explain. This technique encourages students to take part in the problem-solving process even when discussion isn't feasible. Having students write something down (while you write an answer also) helps assure that they will in fact work on the problem. 3. Choral Response – Ask a one-word answer to the class at large; volume of answer will suggest degree of comprehension. Very useful to “drill” new vocabulary words into students. 4. Instructor Storytelling – Instructor illustrates a concept, idea, or principle with a real- life application, model, or case-study. 5. Pass the Pointer – Place a complex, intricate, or detailed image on the screen and ask for volunteers to temporarily borrow the laser pointer to identify key features or ask questions about items they don’t understand. 6. Empty Outlines – Distribute a partially completed outline of today’s lecture and ask students to fill it in. Useful at start or at end of class. 7. Classroom Opinion Polls – Informal hand-raising suffices to
  • 4. test the waters before a controversial subject. 8. Total Physical Response (TPR) – Students either stand or sit to indicate their binary answers, such as True/False, to the instructor’s questions. 9. Hand Held Response Cards – Distribute (or ask students to create) standardized cards that can be held aloft as visual responses to instructor questions. Example: green card for true, red for false. Or hand-write a giant letter on each card to use in multiple choice questions. 10. Student Polling – Select some students to travel the room, polling the others on a topic relevant to the course, then report back the results for everyone. 11. Self-Assessment of Ways of Learning – Prepare a questionnaire for students that probes what kind of learning style they use, so the course can match visual/aural/tactile learning styles. 12. Quote Minus One – Provide a quote relevant to your topic but leave out a crucial word and ask students to guess what it might be: “I cannot forecast to you the action of ______; it is a riddle, wrapped in a mystery, inside an enigma.” This engages them quickly in a topic and makes them feel invested. 13. Everyday Ethical Dilemmas – Present an abbreviated case study with an ethical dilemma related to the discipline being studied.
  • 5. 14. Polar Opposites – Ask the class to examine two written-out versions of a theory (or corollary, law of nature, etc.), where one is incorrect, such as the opposite or a negation of the other. In deciding which is correct, students will have to examine the problem from all angles. 15. Pop Culture – Infuse your lectures, case studies, sample word problems for use during class with current events from the pop culture world. Rather than citing statistics for housing construction, for instance, illustrate the same statistical concept you are teaching by inventing statistics about something students gossip about, like how often a certain pop star appears in public without make-up. 16. Make Them Guess – Introduce a new subject by asking an intriguing question, something that few will know the answer to (but should interest all of them). Accept blind guessing for a while before giving the answer to build curiosity. 17. Make It Personal – Design class activities (or even essays) to address the real lives of the individual students. Instead of asking for reflections on Down’s Syndrome, ask for personal stories of neurological problems by a family member or anyone they have ever met. 18. Read Aloud – Choose a small text (500 words or less) to read aloud, and ask students to pay particular attention during this phase of lecture. A small
  • 6. text read orally in a larger lecture can focus attention. 19. Punctuated Lectures – Ask student to perform five steps: listen, stop, reflect, write, give feedback. Students become self-monitoring listeners. 20. Word of the Day – Select an important term and highlight it throughout the class session, working it into as many concepts as possible. Challenge students to do the same in their interactive activities. 21. Recall, Summarize, Question, Connect, and Comment – This method of starting each session (or each week) has five steps to reinforce the previous session’s material: recall it, summarize it, phrase a remaining question, connect it to the class as a whole, and comment on that class session. 22. Focused Listing – List several ideas related to the main focus point. Helpful for starting new topics. 23. Background Knowledge Probe – Use questionnaire (multi- choice or short answer) when introducing a new topic. 24. Goal Ranking and Matching – Students rank their goals for the class, then instructor combines those with her own list.
  • 7. 25. Interest/Knowledge/Skills Checklist – Assesses interest and preparation for the course, and can help adjust teaching agenda. 26. Documented Problem Solution s – Keep track of the steps needed to solve specific types of problems. Model a list for students first and then ask them to perform similar steps. Instructor Action: Lecture (Small Class Size) 27. Pass the Chalk – Provide chalk or a soft toy; whoever has it must answer your next question, and they pass it on to the student of their choice. 28. Quaker Meeting – Students highlight key passages of the reading, and there is silence (like a Quaker meeting) until someone wants to read his/her out, and others follow. End with brief writing about what they learned from the sentences.
  • 8. 29. Town Hall Meeting – Abdicate the front of the room for a student willing to speak out on a controversial subject, and when she is done with her comment, she selects the next speaker from the hands raised. 30. The Half Class Lecture – Divide the class in half and provide reading material to one half. Lecture on that same material to the other half of the class. Then, switch the groups and repeat, ending with a recap by pairing up members of opposite groups. 31. Tournament – Divide the class into at least two groups and announce a competition for most points on a practice test. Let them study a topic together and then give that quiz, tallying points. After each round, let them study the next topic before quizzing again. The points should be carried over from round to round. The student impulse for competition will focus their engagement onto the material itself.
  • 9. Student Action: Individual (many of these can be used as partnerwork or groupwork instead; or may escalate to that after some individual effort) 32. One-Minute Papers – Students write for one minute on a specific question (which might be generalized to “what was the most important thing you learned today”). Best used at the end of the class session. 33. Muddiest Point – Like the Minute Paper, but asks for the “most confusing” point instead. Best used at the end of the class session. 34. Misconception Check – Discover class’s preconceptions. Useful for starting new chapters. 35. Drawing for Understanding – Students illustrate an abstract concept or idea. Comparing drawings around the room can clear up misconceptions. 36. Circle the Questions – Pre-make a handout that has a few
  • 10. dozen likely student questions (make them specific) on your topic for that day and ask students to circle the ones they don’t know the answers to, then turn in the paper. 37. Ask the Winner – Ask students to silently solve a problem on the board. After revealing the answer, instruct those who got it right to raise their hands (and keep them raised); then, all other students are to talk to someone with a raised hand to better understand the question and how to solve it next time. 38. What’s the Principle – After recognizing the problem, students assess what principle to apply in order to solve it. Helps focus on problem TYPES rather than individual specific problems. Principle(s) should be listed out. 39. Haiku – Students write a haiku (a three-line poem: 5- syllables, then 7, then 5) on a given topic or concept, and then share it with others. 40. Bookmark Notes - Distribute full-length paper to be used as a bookmark for the
  • 11. current chapter. On it, record prompts and other “reading questions”, and require students to record their notes, observations, and objections while reading onto these bookmarks for collection and discussion in class. 41. True or False? – Distribute index cards (one to each student) on which is written a statement. Half of the cards will contain statements that are true, half false. Students decide if theirs is one of the true statements or not, using whatever means they desire. Variation: designate half the room a space for those who think their statements are true, and the other half for false. 42. “Real-World” – Have students discuss in class how a topic or concept relates to a real- world application or product. Then have students write about this topic for homework. Variation: ask them to record their answer on index cards.
  • 12. 43. Concept Mapping – Students write keywords onto sticky notes and then organize them into a flowchart. Could be less structured: students simply draw the connections they make between concepts. 44. Advice Letter – Students write a letter of advice to future students on how to be successful students in that course. 45. Tabloid Titles – Ask students to write a tabloid-style headline that would illustrate the concept currently being discussed. Share and choose the best. 46. Bumper Stickers – Ask students to write a slogan-like bumper sticker to illustrate a particular concept from lecture. Variation: can be used to ask them to sum up the entire course in one sentence. 47. One-Sentence Summary – Summarize the topic into one sentence that incorporates all of who/what/when/where/why/how creatively.
  • 13. 48. Directed Paraphrasing – Students asked to paraphrase part of a lesson for a specific audience (and a specific purpose). 49. Word Journal – First, summarize the entire topic on paper with a single word. Then use a paragraph to explain your word choice. 50. Truth Statements – Either to introduce a topic or check comprehension, ask individuals to list out “It is true that...” statements on the topic being discussed. The ensuing discussion might illustrate how ambiguous knowledge is sometimes. 51. Objective Check – Students write a brief essay in which they evaluate to what extent their work fulfills an assignment’s objectives. 52. Opposites – Instructor lists out one or more concepts, for which students must come up with an antonym, and then defend their choice. 53. Student Storytelling – Students are given assignments that make use of a given
  • 14. concept in relation to something that seems personally relevant (such as requiring the topic to be someone in their family). 54. Application to Major – During last 15 minutes of class, ask students to write a short article about how the point applies to their major. 55. Pro and Con Grid – Students list out the pros and cons for a given subject. 56. Harvesting – After an experience/activity in class, ask students to reflect on “what” they learned, “so what” (why is it important and what are the implications), and “now what” (how to apply it or do things differently). 57. Chain Notes – Instructor pre-distributes index cards and passes around an envelope, on which is written a question relating to the learning environment (i.e., are the group discussions useful?) Students write a very brief answer, drop in their own card, and pass the envelope to the next student.
  • 15. 58. Focused Autobiographical Sketches – Focuses on a single successful learning experience, one relevant to the current course. 59. Course-Related Self-Confidence Surveys – Simple questions that measure how self-confident students are when it comes to a specific skill. Once they become aware they can do it, they focus on it more. 60. Profiles of Admirable Individuals – Students write a brief profile of an individual in a field related to the course. Students assess their own values and learn best practices for this field. 61. Memory Matrix – Identify a key taxonomy and then design a grid that represents those interrelationships. Keep it simple at first. Avoid trivial or ambiguous relationships, which tend to backfire by focusing students on superficial kinds of learning. Although probably most useful in introductory courses, this technique can also be used to help develop basic study skills for students who plan to continue in the field
  • 16. 62. Categorizing Grid – Hand out rectangles divided into cells and a jumbled listing of terms that need to be categorized by row and column. 63. Defining Features Matrix – Hand out a simple table where students decide if a defining feature is PRESENT or ABSENT. For instance, they might have to read through several descriptions of theories and decide if each refers to behaviorist or constructivist models of learning. 64. What/How/Why Outlines – Write brief notes answering the what / how / why questions when analyzing a message or text. 65. Approximate Analogies – Students provide the second half of an analogy (A is to B as X is to Y). 66. Problem Recognition Tasks – Offer case studies with
  • 17. different types of problems and ask students to identify the TYPE of problem (which is different from solving it) 67. Switch it up! – Ask students to work on one problem for a few minutes and intentionally move to a second problem without debriefing the first one, then solve the second one and only then return to the first one for more work. A carefully chosen second problem can shed light on the first problem, but this also works well if the problems are not directly related to each other. 68. Reading Rating Sheets – Students fill out a ratings sheet on the course readings, on how clear, useful, and interesting it was. 69. Assignment Assessments – Students give feedback on their homework assignments, and evaluate them as learning tools. 70. Exam Evaluations – Students explain what they are learning from exams, and evaluate the fairness, usefulness, and quality of tests.
  • 18. 71. Group-Work Evaluations – Questionnaires asking how effective groupwork has been in the class. 72. Teacher-Designed Feedback Forms – Rather than use standardized evaluation forms, teachers create ones tailored for their needs and their classes. Especially useful midway through the term. 73. Writing Fables – Students write an animal fable (or at least sketch its outline) that will lead to a one-sentence moral matching the current concept discussed in class. May be done verbally instead. Student Action: Pairs 74. Think-Pair-Share – Students share and compare possible answers to a question with a partner before addressing the larger class.
  • 19. 75. Pair-Share-Repeat – After a pair-share experience, ask students to find a new partner and debrief the wisdom of the old partnership to this new partner. 76. Teacher and Student - Individually brainstorm the main points of the last homework, then assign roles of teacher and student to pairs. The teacher’s job is to sketch the main points, while the student’s job is to cross off points on his list as they are mentioned, but come up with 2-3 ones missed by the teacher. 77. Wisdom of Another – After any individual brainstorm or creative activity, partner students up to share their results. Then, call for volunteers of students who found their partner’s work to be interesting or exemplary. Students are sometimes more willing to share in plenary the work of fellow students than their own work. 78. Forced Debate – Students debate in pairs, but must defend the opposite side of their personal opinion. Variation: half the class take one position,
  • 20. half the other. They line up and face each other. Each student may only speak once, so that all students on both sides can engage the issue. 79. Optimist/Pessimist – In pairs, students take opposite emotional sides of a conversation. This technique can be applied to case studies and problem solving as well. 80. Peer Review Writing Task – To assist students with a writing assignments, encourage them to exchange drafts with a partner. The partner reads the essay and writes a three- paragraph response: the first paragraph outlines the strengths of the essay, the second paragraph discusses the essay’s problems, and the third paragraph is a description of what the partner would focus on in revision, if it were her essay. 81. Invented Dialogues – Students weave together real quotes from primary sources, or invent ones to fit the speaker and context.
  • 21. 82. My Christmas Gift – Students mentally select one of their recent gifts as related to or emblematic of a concept given in class, and must tell their partners how this gift relates to the concept. The one with a closer connection wins. 83. Psychoanalysis – Students get into pairs and interview one another about a recent learning unit. The focus, however, is upon analysis of the material rather than rote memorization. Sample Interview Questions: Can you describe to me the topic that you would like to analyze today? What were your attitudes/beliefs before this topic? How did your attitudes/beliefs change after learning about this topic? How will/have your actions/decisions altered based on your learning of this topic? How have your perceptions of others/events changed? Student Action: Groups
  • 22. 84. Jigsaw (Group Experts) – Give each group a different topic. Re-mix groups with one planted “expert” on each topic, who now has to teach his new group. 85. Board Rotation – Assign groups of students to each of the boards you have set up in the room (four or more works best), and assign one topic/question per board. After each group writes an answer, they rotate to the next board and write their answer below the first, and so on around the room. 86. Pick the Winner – Divide the class into groups and have all groups work on the same problem and record an answer/strategy on paper. Then, ask groups to switch with a nearby group, and evaluate their answer. After a few minutes, allow each set of groups to merge and ask them to select the better answer from the two choices, which will be presented to the class as a whole.
  • 23. 87. Layered Cake Discussion - Every table/group works on the same task for a few minutes, then there’s a plenary debrief for the whole class, and finally repeat with a new topic to be discussed in the groups. 88. Lecture Reaction – Divide the class into four groups after a lecture: questioners (must ask two questions related to the material), example givers (provide applications), divergent thinkers (must disagree with some points of the lecture), and agreers (explain which points they agreed with or found helpful). After discussion, brief the whole class. 89. Movie Application – In groups, students discuss examples of movies that made use of a concept or event discussed in class, trying to identify at least one way the movie-makers got it right, and one way they got it wrong. 90. Student Pictures – Ask students to bring their own pictures from home to illustrate a specific concept to their working groups.
  • 24. 91. Definitions and Applications – In groups, students provide definitions, associations, and applications of concepts discussed in lecture. 92. TV Commercial – In groups, students create a 30-second TV commercial for the subject currently being discussed in class. Variation: ask them to act out their commercials. 93. Blender – Students silently write a definition or brainstorm an idea for several minutes on paper. Then they form into groups, and two of them read their ideas and integrate elements from each. A third student reads his, and again integration occurs with the previous two, until finally everyone in the group has been integrated (or has attempted integration). 94. Human Tableau or Class Modeling – Groups create living scenes (also of inanimate objects) which relate to the classroom concepts or discussions. 95. Build From Restricted Components – Provide limited
  • 25. resources (or a discrete list of ideas that must be used) and either literally or figuratively dump them on the table, asking students in groups to construct a solution using only these things (note: may be familiar from the Apollo 13 movie). If possible, provide red herrings, and ask students to construct a solution using the minimum amount of items possible. 96. Ranking Alternatives – Teacher gives a situation, everyone thinks up as many alternative courses of action (or explanations of the situation) as possible. Compile list. In groups, now rank them by preference. 97. Simulation – Place the class into a long-term simulation (like as a business) to enable Problem-Based Learning (PBL). 98. Group Instructional Feedback Technique – Someone other than the teacher polls
  • 26. groups on what works, what doesn’t, and how to fix it, then reports them to the teacher. 99. Classroom Assessment Quality Circles – A small group of students forms a “committee” on the quality of teaching and learning, which meets regularly and includes the instructor. 100. Audio and Videotaped Protocols – Taping students while they are solving problems assesses the learner’s awareness of his own thinking. 101. Imaginary Show and Tell – Students pretend they have brought an object relevant to current discussion, and “display” it to the class while talking about its properties. 102. Six Degrees of “RNA Transcription Errors” – Like the parlor game “Six Degrees of Kevin Bacon” (in which actors are linked by joint projects), you provide groups with a conceptual start point and challenge them to leap to a given concept in six moves or fewer. One student judge in each group determines if each leap
  • 27. is fair and records the nature of the leaps for reporting back to the class. Facebook 103. Replace Discussion Boards - Create a Facebook “group” (private/invite only) and use the Wall as the class discussion board. Students are notified by home page notification when someone replies to their thread. 104. Notify Students Quickly – Posting to Facebook will reach your students much faster than an email, because most of them check Facebook regularly. 105. Fan Page - An alternative to a group is a “fan” page, which has the advantage that your “status updates” will show up for students on their Live Feed. Disadvantage: some students turn off Live Feed and only see status updates of their friends. 106. Direct Facebook Friendship - Allowing your students to
  • 28. “friend” you will give you unfettered access to them (unless they’ve set up a special role for you), but more importantly, your status updates will be visible to them on the home page (unless they block you manually). Disadvantage: too much information will be revealed on both sides, unless both you and the students set up “lists” with limited access allowed. Twitter 107. Report from the Field – Students use smart phones to record their observations while witnessing an event/location related to the course of study, capturing more honest and spontaneous reactions 108. Twitter Clicker Alternative - In large classes, a hashtag can amalgamate all posts by your students in one place, giving them a free-response place to provide feedback or guess at a right answer. Also useful for brainstorming.
  • 29. 109. Backchannel Conversations in Large Classes – unlike a whispered conversation, a Twitter conversation (searchable by agreed-upon hashtag) becomes a group discussion. Students may also help out other students who missed a brief detail during the lecture. 110. Follow an Expert – Luminaries in many disciplines, as well as companies and governmental agencies, often publish a Twitter feed. Reading such updates provides a way to stay current. 111. Tweeted Announcements - Instead of Blackboard, use Twitter to send out announcements like cancelled classes. 112. Twitter Pictures and URLs - Twitpic and other services allows for photo upload to twitter; bit.ly and other “link shorteners” allow for pasting long URLs as short ones. 113. Student Summaries - Make one student the “leader” for tweets; she posts the top five
  • 30. important concepts from each session to twitter (one at a time); other students follow her feed and RT for discussion/disagreements 114. Quick Contact - Since sharing cell phone numbers is risky, instructors may wish to let students follow them on Twitter and send Direct Messages that way. 115. Community-Building - A Twitter group for your specific class creates inclusiveness and belonging. 116. Twitter Projects - Tweetworks and other apps can enable student groups to communicate with each other more easily. 117. Brainstorm - Small Twitter assignments can yield unexpected brainstorming by students, since it’s happening “away” from the LMS. 118. Twitter Poll - PollDaddy and other apps enable Twitter to
  • 31. gather interest, information, attitudes, and guesses. 119. Post Links - News stories and other websites can be linked via Twitter (services such as bit.ly will shorten URLs). YouTube 120. Video Demonstrations - Using a webcam, record a demonstration relevant to your topic and post it to YouTube. 121. Student Videos - Student projects, presentations, or speeches can take the form of video instead of PowerPoint, and uploaded for the class to see. 122. Closed Eyes Method – To prevent students at home from “reading” presentations (such as poem recitations) that were supposed to be memorized for YouTube upload, require them to give the performance with their eyes closed.
  • 32. 123. Interactive Video Quizzes - Using annotations (text boxes) and making them hyperlinks to other uploaded videos, instructors can construct an on-screen “multiple choice” test leading to differentiated video reactions, depending on how the student answers. Requires filming multiple videos and some editing work. 124. Movie Clips - Show brief segments of popular movies to illustrate a point, start a conversation, have students hunt for what the movie gets wrong, etc. 125. Embed Into PowerPoint - YouTube videos can be embedded into PPT as long as there is an active Internet connection; create a Shockwave Flash object in the Developer tab, and add the URL for “Movie” in the properties (the URL will need to replace “watch?=v/” with just “/v/”). Alternative: use one-button plugin from iSpring Free. 126. Shared Account – Instructor creates a generic YouTube username/account and gives
  • 33. the password to everyone in the class, so student uploads all go to the same place. Wikis 127. Group Wiki Projects - Instead of emailing a document (or PPT) back and forth, student groups can collaborate in real time with a free wiki such as wikispaces.com 128. Wiki Class Notes - Offering a class wiki for the optional sharing of lecture notes aids students who miss class, provides a tool for studying, and helps students see the material from more than one perspective. Blogs 129. Questions to Students - Use the blog to “push” questions and discussion prompts to students like you would email, but in a different forum.
  • 34. 130. Provide Links - The native HTML nature of the blog makes it easy to give links to news stories and relevant websites. 131. Substitute for Blackboard Discussion Board - Students can comment on each post (or previous comment) and engage in a dialogue that is similar to Blackboard, but while out in the Internet in general. 132. Electronic Role Play - Students create their own blogs, and write diary-type entries while role-playing as someone central to your content. Creating Groups 133. Quick Division – Divide your class into two roughly equal segments for simultaneous, parallel tasks by invoking their date of birth: “if your birthday falls on an odd-numbered
  • 35. day, do task X…if your birthday is even, do task Y.” Other variations include males and females, months of birth, odd or even inches in their height (5’10” vs 5’11”). 134. Question and Answer Cards – Make index cards for every student in the class; half with questions about class content; half with the right answers. Shuffle the cards and have students find their appropriate partner by comparing questions and answers on their own cards. 135. Telescoping Images – When you need the class to form new groups, craft sets of index cards that will be grouped together by theme, and randomly pass them out for students to seek the other members of their new groups. Example: one set of four index cards has pictures of Europe on a map, then France, then the Eiffel Tower, then a person wearing a beret (thematically, the images “telescope” from far away to close up, and the students
  • 36. must find others in their particular set of telescoping images). 136. Speed Sharing – Students write definitions, concepts, quiz questions, etc. on index cards and form two concentric circles, facing each other. For thirty seconds (or 60), they share their knowledge with the person opposite them. Then, the outer circle “rotates” so that everyone has a new partner, and the sharing is repeated. This can be done until each student has completed the circuit. 137. Trio Rotation – Group students into threes, and arrange the groups into a large circle. Each team of three works on a problem. Then, each team assigns a 1, 2, and 3 number to each person. The 1’s stay put, but the 2’s rotate clockwise and the 3’s rotate counterclockwise. Newly formed teams then work on a new problem. 138. Go to Your Post – Tape a sign onto opposite sides of the walls with different preferences (different authors, skills, a specific kind of problem to solve, different values)
  • 37. and let students self-select their working group 139. Four Corners – Put up a different topic in each corner of the room and ask students to pick one, write their ideas about it down, then head to “their” corner and discuss opinions with others who also chose this topic. Icebreakers 140. Introduce Your Partner’s Non-Obvious Trait – Students partner up and are tasked with learning one thing about the other person that is not obvious by looking at them. Then, they introduce their partner to the larger class. Instructors can use this time to record a crude seating chart of the students and begin to learn their names. 141. Scrapbook Selection – Put students in groups and give each group a big pile of printed photos (best if laminated – maybe different shapes/sizes?) Ask them to choose one as a
  • 38. group that epitomizes their reaction/definition of the topic being discussed, and explain why. 142. Brush with Fame – Students relate their closest encounter with someone famous, even if it has to be a story about something that happened to a friend or relative. 143. Name Game – Students form circles in groups of 8-10 and one at a time state their name with an alliterative action: “I’m Jumping James!” Optimally, they should perform the action as well. They proceed around the circle, stating names and performing the actions, adding names one at a time, until the last person in the circle will have to say everyone’s name and perform all the actions. 144. Human Bingo – Students become acquainted at the start of a semester by performing a scavenger hunt you design as a handout: “find someone who dislikes carrots, someone who owns a German car, someone who has read a book about submarines, etc.”
  • 39. 145. Line Dance – Students line up according to their level of agreement on a controversial subject: strong agreement on one side, strong disagreement on the other. 146. Two Truths and a Lie – Go around the room and ask each student to relate two true statements and one falsehood about themselves, without giving away which is false. Games (Useful for Review) 147. Crossword Puzzle – Create a crossword puzzle as a handout for students to review terms, definitions, or concepts before a test. Some online websites will automate the puzzle creation. 148. Jeopardy – Play jeopardy like the TV show with your
  • 40. students. Requires a fair amount of preparation. 149. Pictionary – For important concepts and especially terms, have students play pictionary: one draws images only, the rest must guess the term. 150. Super-Password – Also for concepts and terms; one student tries to get his partner to say the key term by circumlocution, and cannot say any of the “forbidden words” on a card prepared ahead of time. 151. Guess the Password – The instructor reveals a list of words (esp. nouns) one at a time and at each point, ask students to guess what key term they are related to. The hints become increasingly specific to make the answer more clear. 152. Twenty Questions – Assign a person, theory, concept, event, etc to individual students and have the partner ask yes/no questions to guess what the concept is. Also works on a plenary level, with one student fielding the questions from the whole class.
  • 41. 153. Hollywood Squares – Choose students to sit as “celebrities” at the front of the class. Variation: allow the celebrities to use books and notes in deciding how to help the contestants. 154. Scrabble – Use the chapter (or course) title as the pool of letters from which to make words (e.g., mitochondrialdna) and allow teams to brainstorm as many words as possible from that list, but all words must be relevant to this test. Variation: actually play scrabble on boards afterward. 155. Who am I? - Tape a term or name on the back of each student, out of view. Each student then wanders about the room, posing yes/no questions to the other students in an effort to guess the term on his own back. Interaction Through Homework
  • 42. 156. Find the Company – Students search the Internet for a corporation that makes use of concepts/ideas from class, and must defend their choice in the next class session. 157. Diagnostic Learning Logs – Students track main points in lecture and a second list of unclear points. They then reflect on and analyze the information and diagnose their weaknesses. 158. Process Analysis – Students track the steps they take to finish an assignment and comment on their approaches to it. 159. Productive Study-Time Logs – Short records students keep on how long they study for a class; comparison allows those with lesser commitment to see the disparity. 160. Double-Entry Journals – Students note first the important ideas from reading, and then respond personally. 161. Paper or Project Prospectus – Write a structured plan for a
  • 43. term paper or large project. 162. Annotated Portfolios – Student turns in creative work, with student’s explanation of the work in relation to the course content and goals. Student Questions 163. Student Questions (Index Cards) – At the start of the semester, pass out index cards and ask each student to write a question about the class and your expectations. The cards rotate through the room, with each student adding a check-mark if they agree this question is important for them. The teacher learns what the class is most anxious about. 164. Student Questions (Group-Decided) – Stop class, group students into fours, ask them to take five minutes to decide on the one question they think is crucial for you to answer right now.
  • 44. 165. Questions as Homework – Students write questions before class on 3x5 cards: “What I really wanted to know about mitochondrial DNA but was afraid to ask...” 166. Student-Generated Test Questions – Students create likely exam questions and model the answers. Variation: same activity, but with students in teams, taking each others’ quizzes. 167. Minute Paper Shuffle – Ask students to write a relevant question about the material, using no more than a minute, and collect them all. Shuffle and re-distribute, asking each student to answer his new question. Can be continued a second or third round with the same questions. Role-Play
  • 45. 168. Role-Playing – Assign roles for a concept, students research their parts at home, and they act it out in class. Observers critique and ask questions. 169. Role Reversal – Teacher role-plays as the student, asking questions about the content. The students are collectively the teacher, and must answer the questions. Works well as test review/prep. 170. Jury Trial. Divide the class into various roles (including witnesses, jury, judge, lawyers, defendant, prosecution, audience) to deliberate on a controversial subject. 171. Press Conference – Ask students to role-play as investigative reporters asking questions of you, the expert on the topic. They should seek a point of contradiction or inadequate evidence, hounding you in the process with follow- up questions to all your replies.
  • 46. 172. Press Conference (Guest Speaker) – Invite a guest speaker and run the class like a press conference, with a few prepared remarks and then fielding questions from the audience. 173. Analytic Memo – Write a one-page analysis of an issue, roleplaying as an employer or client. Student Presentations 174. Fishbowl – A student unpacks her ideas and thoughts on a topic in front of others, who take notes and then write a response. Avoid asking questions. 175. Impromptu Speeches – Students generate keywords, drop them into a hat, and self- choose presenters to speak for 30 seconds on each topic. 176. Anonymous Peer Feedback – For student presentations or group projects, encourage frank feedback from the observing students by asking them to
  • 47. rip up a page into quarters and dedicating comments to each presenter. Multiple variations are possible in “forcing” particular types of comments (i.e., require two compliments and two instances of constructive feedback). Then, ask students to create a pile of comments for Student X, another pile for Student Y, and so on. 177. PowerPoint Presentations – For those teaching in computer-mediated environments, put students into groups of three or four students. Students focus their attention on a chapter or article and present this material to the class using PowerPoint. Have groups conference with you beforehand to outline their presentation strategy and ensure coverage of the material. Brainstorming 178. Brainstorming on the Board – Students call out concepts and terms related to a topic
  • 48. about to be introduced; the instructor writes them on the board. If possible, group them into categories as you record the responses. Works to gauge pre- existing knowledge and focus attention on the subject. 179. Brainstorming Tree – While brainstorming on the board, circle the major concepts and perform sub-brainstorms on those specific words; the result will look like a tree blooming outward. 180. Brainstorming in a Circle – Group students to discuss an issue together, and then spend a few minutes jotting down individual notes. One person starts a brainstorming list and passes it to the student to the right, who then adds to the list and passes it along again. 181. Chalk Talk – Ask students to go to multiple boards around
  • 49. the room to brainstorm answers to a prompt/assignment, but disallow all talking. Can also be done in groups. Online Interaction 182. Online Chat (All-Day) – For classes meeting at least partially in an online environment, instructors can simulate the benefits gained by a chat-room discussion (more participation from reserved instructors) without requiring everyone to meet in a chat room for a specific length of time. The day begins with a post from the instructor in a discussion board forum. Students respond to the prompt, and continue to check back all day, reading their peers’ posts and responding multiple times throughout the day to extend discussion. 183. Online Chat (Quick) – To gauge a quick response to a topic or reading assignment, post a question, and then allow students to chat in a
  • 50. synchronous environment for the next 10 minutes on the topic. A quick examination of the chat transcript will reveal a multitude of opinions and directions for further discussion. In online environments, many students can “talk” at once, with less chaotic and more productive results than in a face-to-face environment. 184. Online Evaluation – For those teaching in online environments, schedule a time which students can log on anonymously and provide feedback about the course and your teaching. Understand, however, that anonymity online sometimes breeds a more aggressive response than anonymity in print. 185. Pre-Class Writing – A few days before your computer- mediated class begins, have students respond in an asynchronous environment to a prompt about this week’s topic. Each student should post their response and at least one question for further discussion. During the face-to-face meeting, the instructor can address some of these questions or
  • 51. areas not addressed in the asynchronous forum. 186. E-Mail Feedback – Instructor poses questions about his teaching via e-mail; students reply anonymously. NOTES/25QuickFormativeAssessments.pdf New York • Toronto • London • Auckland • Sydney Mexico City • New Delhi • Hong Kong • Buenos Aires Judith Dodge ASSESSMENTS FORMATIVE for a Differentiated Classroom 25 Q
  • 55. es Scholastic Inc. grants teachers permission to photocopy the reproducible pages from this book for classroom use. No other part of this publication may be reproduced in whole or in part, or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission of the publisher. For information regarding permission, write to Scholastic Inc., 557 Broadway, New York, NY 10012. Editor: Joanna Davis-Swing Cover design: Jorge J. Namerow Interior design: Kelli Thompson ISBN-13: 978-0-545-08742-1 ISBN-10: 0-545-08742-2 Copyright © 2009 by Judith Dodge. All rights reserved. Published by Scholastic Inc.
  • 56. Printed in the U.S.A. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 40 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 Acknowledgments Thank you to Carol Ann Tomlinson, who continues to inform my work in this field Thank you to Debra Steinroder, Jill Simpson, and Lisa Drewes, who took many of the ideas in this book and piloted them with their students, often improving them and making them more useful for others Thank you to Noel Forte, who worked with me on the technology connections, making this book more current Thank you to the countless teachers in over 75 school districts with whom I have worked over the past twenty years, exploring together how to refine the art and science of teaching and learning
  • 57. A special thanks to the teachers in the following school districts, who eagerly shared their work, ideas, and students sample with me so that we could spread those ideas to others: Elmont, Freeport, Herricks, South Huntington, North Merrick, Mineola, Middle Country, Westhampton Beach Thank you to Jen Maichin, a special education teacher, who pointed out how the assessment strategies in this book could help teachers implement the federal mandates of Response to Intervention in their general education classrooms Thank you to Mike Mildon, who helped me finally go digital with my strategies Thank you to my family, who has been so supportive during the process of completing this book Thank you to my parents for always believing in me; they would
  • 58. have been so proud And thank you to the team at Scholastic, including Joanna Davis-Swing, my editor, who continue to support me as a teacher of teachers 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources
  • 59. Introduction What Are Formative Assessments and Why Should We Use Them? . . . . . . . . 4 Using a Variety of Formative Assessments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Types of Assessment Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 How to Use the Assessments in This Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Keeping Track of the Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Differentiating Instruction in Response to Formative Assessments . . . . . . . . 7 Formative Assessment Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Designing Tiered Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Gathering Multiple Sources of Evidence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 25 Quick Formative Assessments: Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Section 1: Summaries and Reflections
  • 60. 1. Dry-Erase Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 2 . QuickWrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 3 . WriteAbout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 4. S-O-S Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5 . 3-2-1 Summarizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 6. My Opinions Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 7. My Textbook Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 8. FactStorming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Section 2: Lists, Charts, and Graphic Organizers 9 . My Top Ten List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 1 0 . Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 1 1 . Noting What I’ve Learned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 1 2 . List-Group-Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  • 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 1 3 . Web Wind-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Section 3: Visual Representations of Information 1 4 . Picture Note Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 1 5 . QuickWrite/QuickDraw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 1 6 . Unit Collage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 1 7 . Photo Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 1 8 . Filming the Ideas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 1 9 . Flipbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 20. SmartCards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Section 4: Collaborative Activities 2 1 . Turn ’n’ Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 22. Headline News! Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
  • 62. 2 3 . Four More! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 24 . Find Someone Who . . . Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 2 5. Carousel Brainstorming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Reproducibles Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Contents 25 Q ui ck F or
  • 66. What are Formative assessments and Why should We use them? F ormative assessments are ongoing assessments, observations, summa- ries, and reviews that inform teacher instruction and provide students feedback on a daily basis (Fisher & Frey, 2007). While assessments are always crucial to the teaching and learning process, nowhere are they more important than in a differentiated classroom, where students of all levels of readiness sit side by side. Without the regular use of formative assessment, or checks for understanding, how are we to know what each student needs to be successful in our classroom? How else can we ensure we are addressing students’ needs instead of simply teaching them what we think they need? Traditionally, we have used assessments to measure how much
  • 67. our students have learned up to a particular point in time (Stiggins, 2007). This is what Rick Stiggins calls “assessment of learning” and what we use to see whether our students are meeting standards set by the state, the district, or the classroom teacher. These summative assessments are conducted after a unit or certain time period to determine how much learning has taken place. Although Stiggins notes that assessments of learning are important if we are to ascribe grades to students and provide accountability, he urges teachers to focus more on assessment for learning. These types of assessment—formative assessments—support learning during the learning process. Since formative assessments are considered part of the learning, they need not be graded as summative assessments (end-of-unit exams or quarterlies, for example) are. Rather, they serve as practice for students, just
  • 68. like a meaning- ful homework assignment (Chappuis & Chappuis, 2007/2008). They check for understanding along the way and guide teacher decision making about future instruction; they also provide feedback to students so they can improve their performance. Stiggins suggests “the student’s role is to strive to understand what success looks like and to use each assessment to try to understand how to do better the next time.” Formative assessments help us differentiate instruc- tion and thus improve student achievement. When I work with teachers during staff development, they often tell me they don’t have time to assess students along the way. They fear sacrificing coverage and insist they must move on quickly. Yet in the rush to cover more, students are actually learning less. Without time to reflect on and interact meaningfully with new information, students are unlikely to retain much of
  • 69. what is “covered” in their classrooms. Formative assessments, however, do not have to take an inordinate amount of time. While a few types (such as extended responses or essays) take considerably more time than others, many are quick and easy to use on a daily basis. On balance, the time they take from a lesson is well worth the information you gather and the retention students gain. “Informative assessment isn’t an end in itself, but the beginning of better instruction.” CarolannTomlinson (2007/2008,p.11) 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm
  • 70. ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources � Using a Variety of Formative Assessments The National Forum on Assessment (1995) suggests that assessment systems include opportunities for both individual and group work. To provide you with a comprehensive repertoire, I have labeled each assessment as Individual, Partner, Small Group, or Whole Class (see chart, page 11).
  • 71. Listening in on student partners or small-group conversations allows you to quickly identify problems or misconceptions, which you can address immediately. If you choose a group assessment activity, you will frequently want to follow it up with an individual one to more effectively pinpoint what each student needs. Often, the opportunity to work with others before working on their own leads students toward mastery. The group assessment process is part of the learning; don’t feel you must grade it. The individual assessment that follows can remain ungraded, as well, although it will be most useful if you provide some feedback to the learner, perhaps in the form of a brief comment or, at the very least, a check, check-plus or check-minus, with a brief verbal explanation about what each symbol indicates (You have mastered the skill, You need more practice, etc.).
  • 72. By varying the type of assessment you use over the course of the week, you can get a more accurate picture of what students know and understand, obtaining a “multiple-measure assessment ‘window’ into student understand- ing” (Ainsworth & Viegut, 2006). Using at least one formative assessment daily enables you to evaluate and assess the quality of the learning that is taking place in your classroom and answer these driving questions: How is this student evolving as a learner? What can I do to assist this learner on his path to mastery? Types of Assessment Strategies I have chosen a variety of quick ways for you to check for understanding and gather “evidence” of learning in your classroom. In this book, you will find four different types of formative assessments. ■ Summaries and Reflections Students stop and reflect, make sense of
  • 73. what they have heard or read, derive personal meaning from their learning experiences, and/or increase their metacognitive skills. These require that students use content-specific language. ■ Lists, Charts, and Graphic Organizers Students will organize information, make connections, and note relationships through the use of various graphic organizers. ■ Visual Representations of Information Students will use both words and pictures to make connections and increase memory, facilitating retrieval of information later on. This “dual coding” helps teachers address classroom diversity, preferences in learning style, and different ways of “knowing.” ■ Collaborative Activities Students have the opportunity to move and/or communicate with others as they develop and demonstrate their
  • 77. es ou rc es � How to Use the Assessments in This Book The quick formative assessments found within this book are designed for easy implementation in any classroom. Almost all can be used, with a little modifi- cation, throughout grades 3–8 and across the curriculum. A few are better for either younger or more sophisticated learners. Each strategy is labeled for easy identification by grade level on the list of strategies found on page 11. You can choose any of the 25 quick assessments in this book to measure
  • 78. learning in your classroom. For each strategy, I will provide the following. ■ Introduction A description of the strategy and the relevant research behind it. I will explain how the strategy supports differentiated instruction. ■ Step-by-Step Instructions Steps for introducing and modeling the strategy for students ■ Applications Suggestions regarding what you can assess with the strategy In addition, for many strategies you’ll find: ■ Tips for Tiering Any ideas specific to the strategy for supporting struggling learners and challenging advanced learners that may not appear in the Introduction of this book ■ TechConnect Ideas for integrating technology with the formative
  • 79. assessment ■ Reproducibles and/or Completed Samples of Student Work All reproducibles in the book are on the enclosed CD. I’ve also included variations of some forms that are only on the CD. See page 95 for a complete list of the CD contents. Exit Cards One of the easiest formative assessments is the Exit Card. Exit Cards are index cards (or sticky notes) that students hand to you, deposit in a box, or post on the door as they leave your classroom. On the Exit Card, your students have written their names and have responded to a question, solved a problem, or summarized their understanding after a particular learning experience. In a few short minutes, you can read the responses, sort them into groups (students who have not yet mastered the skill, students who are ready to apply the skill, stu-
  • 80. dents who are ready to go ahead or to go deeper), and use the data to inform the next day’s or, even, that afternoon’s instruction. Feedback provided by the Exit Cards frequently leads to the formation of a needs-based group whose members require reteaching of the concept in a different way. It also identifies which of your students do not need to participate in your planned whole-group mini-lesson, because they are ready to be challenged at a greater level of complexity. Several of the formative assessments contained in this book can be used as Exit Cards. In the table on page 11, I have placed an asterisk next to those assessments that you can use as an Exit Card to quickly sort and group students for subsequent instruction. 25 Q uick Form
  • 81. ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources � Keeping Track of the Data When you use formative assessments, you must keep track of the data that you collect. The easiest way to observe and assess student growth is to walk around your room with a clipboard and sticky notes.
  • 82. As you notice acquisition of a new skill or confusion and struggle with a skill, record the student’s name and jot down a brief comment. Consider keeping a folder for each child in which you insert any notes that you make on a daily basis. This process will help you focus on the needs of individual students when you confer with each child or develop lessons for your whole class. Another way to keep track of the data is to use a class list such as the one on page 8. On this sheet, you can note specific skills and record how each student is doing. You can use a system of check-minus, check, and check-plus or the numbers 4, 3, 2, 1 to indicate student proficiency with the skill. Differentiating Instruction in Response to Formative Assessments Thomas R. Guskey suggests that for assessments to become an integral part of the instructional process, teachers need to change their approach
  • 83. in three important ways. They must “1) use assessments as sources of information for both students and teachers, 2) follow assessments with high-quality corrective instruction, and 3) give students second chances to demonstrate success” (2007). Once you have assessed your learners, you must take action. You will be able to help your students achieve success by differentiating your instruction based on the information you have gathered. Ask yourself, “Who needs my attention now? Which students need a different approach? Which students are not learning anything new, because I haven’t challenged them?” “Tiering” your activities for two or three levels of learners is usually what is called for after a review of assessment data. We must be prepared to provide both corrective activities and enrichment activities for those who need them. An important caveat to keep in mind, however,
  • 84. is that the follow-up, corrective instruction designed to help students must present concepts in new ways and engage students in different learning experiences that are more appropriate for them (Guskey, 2007/2008). Your challenge will be to find a new and different pathway to understanding. The best corrective activities involve a change in format, organization, or method of presentation (Guskey, 2007/2008). After using any of the formative assessments contained in this book, you can choose from among the suggestions on page 9 to scaffold your struggling learners or challenge your advanced learners. The suggestions for struggling learners will help students during their “second- chance” learning on the road toward mastery. The suggestions for advanced learners will challenge those students who, in my opinion, are frequently
  • 85. forgotten in mixed-ability classrooms. With these easy adjustments to your lesson plans, you will be able to respond to the diverse readiness needs of students in your heterogeneous classroom. 25 Q ui ck F or m at iv e A ss es
  • 88. in g R es ou rc es � Assessment of: _____________________________________________________ ______________ Now what? The next step . . . Use the information gathered to design tiered activities . See page 9 for ideas on how to tier follow-up learning activities Students List Specific Skills: Record �, 3, 2, 1
  • 89. Formative Assessment Data Collection 4= Advanced 3=Proficient 2=Developing 1=Beginning 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources
  • 90. � ■ Offer teacher direction (reteaching with a different method). ■ Allow the student to work with a reading partner, study buddy, or learning partner. (Buddy-up an English language learner (ELL) with another student.) This will provide peer support for collaborative learning. ■ Allow students to use class notes, textbooks, and/or other classroom resources to complete the task. ■ Provide a model or exemplar (of a similar problem solved or a sample of the type of writing expected). ■ Furnish step-by-step directions; break down the task. ■ Provide hints or tips. ■ Color-code different elements; highlight for focusing; provide “masks and markers” for focused attention on specific text.
  • 91. ■ Provide sentence strips, sticky labels with terms, or manipulatives (plastic coins, Judy clocks, Unifix cubes, fraction tiles, number lines, algebraic tiles, calculators, etc.). ■ Provide a partially completed graphic organizer or outline. ■ Provide out-of-sequence steps for students to reorganize. ■ Provide a cloze (fill-in-the-blank) paragraph (with or without a word box) for students whose language is extremely limited or for those who struggle with grapho-motor skills. ■ Give a framed paragraph or essay (with sentence starters to help organize the writing). ■ Provide guided questions. ■ Supply a word bank and definitions. ■ Support with visuals, diagrams, or pictures. ■ Provide words on labels for students to simply pull off
  • 92. and place appropriately. ■ Allow additional time. Scaffolding Struggling Learners ■ Design activities that are more complex, abstract, independent, and/or multistep. ■ Pose a challenge question or task that requires them to think beyond the concrete and obvious response (from the newly learned material) to more abstract ideas and new use of the information. ■ Require more complex expression of ideas: different types of sentences, synonyms, more than one adjective or action (verb) to describe what’s happening. ■ Require that metaphors and similes, idiomatic expres- sions, or specific literary elements be included in their writing. ■ Ask students to make text-to-text and text-to-world connections (more abstract than text-to-self connections). ■ Require students to note relationships and point out con-
  • 93. nections among ideas: compare and contrast; cause and effect; problem and solution; sequence, steps, or change over time; advantages and disadvantages; benefits; etc. ■ Ask students to tell the story from a different point of view. ■ Ask students to place themselves into the story or time period and write from the first-person point of view. ■ Ask students to consider “What if?” scenarios. ■ Provide multistep math problems. ■ Include distracters. ■ Do not provide a visual prompt. ■ Ask students to suggest tips or hints that would help others who struggle to make sense of the information ■ Provide a problem or model that does not work; have students problem-solve. ■ Have students create their own pattern, graph, experi- ment, word problem, scenario, story, poem, etc. ■ Have students use the information in a completely new way (Design an awareness campaign about … ; Create a flier to inform …; Write/give a speech to convince …;
  • 94. Write an article to educate …; Write an ad to warn others about …; Design a program to solve the problem of …. ) Challenging Advanced Learners Designing Tiered Activities Addressing Student Needs at Different Levels of Readiness 25 Q ui ck F or m at iv e A ss
  • 97. ch in g R es ou rc es 10 Gathering Multiple Sources of Evidence In differentiated classrooms everywhere, a resounding mantra is “Fair is not equal; fair is getting what you need.” Assessments enable us to determine what students need. But for our assessments to be accurate, we need multiple measures of student understanding. We need
  • 98. evidence gathered over time in different ways to evaluate how effective the teaching and learning process has been. Tomlinson and McTighe (2006) suggest that when we gather a “photo album” rather than a “snapshot” of our students, we can differentiate instruction based on a more accurate evaluation of our students’ learning needs. I wish you success as you gather your own “photo album” of your students and choose from a variety of reflective, unique, and engaging assessment tools. This book offers you an “assessment tool kit” to choose from as you create a classroom that is continually more responsive to the needs of your diverse learners. These assessments will provide you and your students “evidence” of their learning and help them on their journey to greater achievement in school.
  • 99. W ith the reauthorization of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA, 2004) under No Child Left Behind, schools are searching for ways to implement the newly required Response to Intervention (RTI) model . This new way of delivering intervention to struggling students encompasses a three-tiered model . Tier 1 interventions include monitoring at-risk students within the general education classroom, ensuring that each student has access to a high- quality education that is matched to his or her needs . RTI focuses on improving academic achievement by using scientifically based instructional practices . According to the National Association of State Directors of Special Education (2005), Tier 1 strategies encompass “alternative assessment which utilizes quality interventions matched to student needs, coupled with formative evaluation to obtain data over time to make critical educational decisions .” Not to be confused with tiered activities, which are a cornerstone of a differentiated classroom (where one
  • 100. concept is taught at two or three levels of readiness), Tier I activities are any of the in- class interventions class- room teachers provide to assess and monitor their at-risk students . The evidence-based formative assessments provided in this book are excellent methods for classroom teachers to measure the progress of their Tier 1 students . Response to Intervention (RTI) 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom ©
  • 101. Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources 25 Quick Formative Assessments Quick Reference 11 summariEs & rEflECtions Verbal-linguistic & interpersonalSection 1 Gr. 3–� Gr. �–� I • P •G • C Assessments TechConnect Page # ✓ ✓ I • P •G • C ■ Dry-Erase Boards ✓ 13 ✓ ✓ I ■ QuickWrite✱ ✓ 1� ✓ ✓ I ■ WriteAbout✱ ✓ 1�
  • 102. ✓ ✓ I ■ S-O-S Summary ✱ 1� ✓ ✓ I ■ 3-2-1 Summarizer✱ 22 ✓ ✓ I ■ My Opinions Journal ✓ 2� ✓ I ■ My Textbook Page ✓ 2� ✓ G• I ■ FactStorming ✓ 32 ✱ Can be used as Exit Cards I–Individual P–Partner C–Whole Class G–Small Group lists, Charts, and GraphiC orGanizErs logical- MatheMaticalSection 2 Gr. 3–� Gr. �–� I • P •G • C Assessments TechConnect Page # ✓ ✓ I ■ My Top Ten List ✱ 3�
  • 103. ✓ ✓ I • P •G ■ Matrix �1 ✓ ✓ I ■ Noting What I’ve Learned �� ✓ ✓ I • P •G ■ List-Group-Label (LGL) �� ✓ ✓ I • P •G ■ Web Wind-Up ✓ �0 Visual rEprEsEntations of information spatial Section 3 Gr. 3–� Gr. �–� I • P •G • C Assessments TechConnect Page # ✓ I ■ Picture Note Making ✱ ✓ �3 ✓ ✓ I •G ■ QuickWrite/QuickDraw!✱ �� ✓ ✓ I ■ Unit Collage ✓ �� ✓ ✓ I ■ Photo Finish ✓ �3 ✓ ✓ I ■ Filming the Ideas ✓ �� ✓ ✓ I ■ Flipbooks ✓ �3
  • 104. ✓ ✓ I ■ SmartCards ✱ ✓ �� CollaboratiVE aCtiVitiEs Kinesthetic & interpersonalSection 4 Gr. 3–� Gr. �–� I • P •G • C Assessments TechConnect Page # ✓ ✓ P ■ Turn ’n’ Talk ✓ �0 ✓ P •G ■ Headline News! Summary ✓ �2 ✓ ✓ C ■ Four More! �� ✓ ✓ C ■ Find Someone Who ... Review �1 ✓ ✓ G•C ■ Carousel Brainstorming ✓ �� All forms are available on the companion CD 25 Q ui
  • 108. T he strategies that follow are summaries and written reflections. Relying heavily on verbal- linguistic skills and focusing mostly on intrapersonal intelligence, students are asked to reflect upon their own learning. They must reorganize information to make meaning for themselves. Brooks and Brooks (cited in McLaughlin & Vogt, 2000) note that from a constructivist point of view, learning is understood as a process that incorporates concrete experience, collaborative discourse, and reflection. Following are eight strategies that invite students to summarize and reflect after their learning
  • 109. experiences. Summaries and Reflections Section 1 12 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T
  • 110. eaching R esources 13 1. If you have a class set of dry-erase boards, have two students pass one out to each classmate . This assigned job can rotate and can include collecting them at the end of the day and, occasionally, cleaning them of any remaining ink . 2. As students record and illustrate on the boards, pass among the desks, assessing student understand- ing . You might carry a clipboard to make notes about misconceptions or different ideas for sharing with students at the end of the activity . Step-by-Step Dry-Erase Boards Using dry-erase boards has been a standard strategy in classrooms where teachers encour- age consistent student engagement . However, there
  • 111. are many classrooms where dry-erase boards sit on shelves or in closets gathering dust, remnants of a forgotten, or underused, technique for energizing classrooms . Let me share an important reason for digging them out and dusting them off . Assessment is immediate with the use of a dry-erase board . When students raise their boards during class to offer responses to a question or problem, you get on-the-spot information . You can see if students are incorporating new knowledge, and which areas, if any, are presenting confusion . Depending upon your assessment of student under-
  • 112. standing, you can instantly change the direction of your lesson or reteach a part of it . Dry-erase boards can be used for any subject . They are, however, particularly useful for math, language arts, and foreign-language review, practice, and enrichment . See page 14 for a sample lesson in language arts . The dry-erase board is flexible and ideal for use in a differentiated classroom . Among the myriad tasks you can design for dry-erase boards are answer- ing questions, solving math problems, illustrating concepts, generating lists, composing sketches, and creating graphic organizers . Whenever you feel the need to reengage your learners, you can create a brief activity with the dry- erase boards . You can use them from time to time throughout the day, for short practice, or for reflection . They can be used for warm-ups, homework review, or guided practice . They can be used by individual students, partners, or small groups . Visual learners are
  • 113. aided by the use of images and colors . Tactile-kines- thetic learners are supported by the physicality of writ- ing or drawing, raising the boards, and the interactive environment they create . You can use the boards as “Entrance Cards,” on which students write or draw something that makes a connection to the previous day’s lesson . This practice is effective in activating prior knowledge, and I’ve found it to be highly motivating as well . Applications 25 Q ui ck F or m at
  • 116. tic T ea ch in g R es ou rc es 1� There are many teacher stores and online distributors that sell class sets of individual dry-erase boards or paddle dry-erase boards (with handles for easier student
  • 117. use) . Do an Internet search for “dry-erase boards” and you’ll find thousands . Most teachers, however, have budgetary con- straints and find that class sets are too expensive for them to purchase (up to $100 per set) . Instead, they make their own . It’s easy . Go to a home improvement store and purchase one sheet of shower board—this is the material that is placed behind the tiles in a shower . It comes in 8' x 4' sheets and is white and shiny . One board costs around ten dollars . Many teachers have reported in online blogs that if you tell the salesperson that you are a teacher, he or she will accommodate you by cutting the board into 12" x 12" individual boards . After having the board cut into the smaller size, cover the edges with duct tape . Ask your students to bring in old clean socks to serve as erasers . You will have to supply dry-erase pens, which can last the year, if properly taken care of (remind students to replace caps immediately when not in use) . After a while, the ink leaves marks that are hard to remove from the shower board . I found an excel- lent idea online from a teacher who suggested treating
  • 118. the boards with car wax before using them to help keep marks from becoming permanent . There are many products that can be used every once in a while to completely clean the boards . The savings incurred by making the boards yourself is worth the occasional time you or your students will need to clean them thoroughly . Tips for Making Your Own Dry-Erase Boards! This activity will encourage students to write fuller, richer sentences. ■ First, have students write a simple sentence on their board—for example, “Damien runs” or “Mary studies.” ■ Then, pull one card at a time from a set of cards with the following words written on them: How? Where? When? With whom? Why? ■ As you pull one card at a time from the box, direct students to erase and rewrite their sentence to include the new information.
  • 119. ■ Have two or three students share their sentences after each rewriting. Language Arts: expanding sentences The makers of SMART Board technology have created a new gadget that allows for on-the-spot assessment . These interactive clickers, or Senteos, allow the teacher to prepare an “Ask the Audience” portion of a lesson to instantly measure and view graphs of student understanding . For more info: www .smarttech .com (search: Senteo) . Using the free Web tool SurveyMonkey to assess students is another option . Unlike the handheld de- vices, SurveyMonkey doesn’t provide instant access to information . However, the results can be retrieved from the Web site or stored for later use . A tutorial for SurveyMonkey can be found at http://www .surveymonkey .com/Home_Videos .aspx . TechConnect
  • 120. 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources 1� 1. Either midway through a lesson or at the end, provide students with a large sticky note, an index card, or a half-sheet of paper .
  • 121. 2. Advise students that they will have two (or three) minutes to reflect on what they have just learned and write about it . 3. State the prompt you want students to respond to . You may pose a question, ask for a summary Step-by-Step QuickWrite A QuickWrite is a brief, timed writing activity . Giving students two or three minutes to reflect on and summarize their learning in writing allows them to make sense of what they have been studying . A series of QuickWrites can be kept in a journal, allowing students to revisit what they have learned over time . You can collect the journals periodically and provide written feedback to your students .
  • 122. Applications Have students create a “TalkAbout” instead of a Quick- Write . Using a microphone connected to a computer and the free audio-capturing software that comes with Windows (Start/Programs/Accessories/Entertainment/ Sound Recorder), students will record their responses to the prompts instead of writing them . For students in a differentiated classroom who would find it easier to speak than to write, this option would provide an appropriate alternative assessment . ■ For about $50, teachers can purchase a Webcam to attach to the computer so students can videotape themselves providing the summary. TechConnect of the content, require a list of steps, ask for an analysis of the work, or request the use of specific content-area vocabulary in a wrap-up of the topic under study . The more specific the prompt, the better the response .
  • 123. 4. Have a few students share their reflections with the class . Alternatively, you can collect the QuickWrites as Exit Cards . 25 Q ui ck F or m at iv e A ss es sm
  • 126. R es ou rc es 1� 1. At the end of your lesson, provide a WriteAbout sheet to students (page 18) . (TIP: If you photocopy these pages on colored paper, they will be easy to find later when needed for studying.) 2. Model for the class how you would complete a WriteAbout . Depending upon the grade of your stu- dents, you may need to model several times . Brainstorm key words and draw a picture to represent the main idea .
  • 127. 3. Demonstrate how to write a summary using the key words on the list . Show students how you check off the terms as you use them and circle them in your writing . 4. Let partners talk and complete a WriteAbout together . 5. After a few practice opportunities with a partner, students should be ready to complete a WriteAbout on their own . 6. Collect this assessment and provide feedback to students . Provide a simple check or check-plus to indicate the individual’s level of mastery . Share with your class what a check or check-plus means . (A check means that you understand most of the terms and ideas, but still have to master others. Please notice any circles, question marks, or questions that I have written on your paper to help guide your next steps in learning.) 7. Plan your instruction for the next day so that it fills any gaps in class understanding and/or includes flexible grouping for a follow-up tiered activity . Step-by-Step
  • 128. WriteAbout Research has shown that summarization yields some of the greatest leaps in comprehension and long-term retention of information (Wormeli, 2005) . A WriteAbout is a concrete tool for summa- rization in which students use key vocabulary terms (the language of the content area) to synthesize their understanding in a paragraph as well as represent key ideas graphically . Combining both verbal-linguis- tic and spatial intelligences, this assessment tool is a favorite of many students . Debra Steinroder models a WriteAbout for her fifth-grade students using a poster-size version of a WriteAbout.
  • 129. 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources 1� The WriteAbout is also a useful tool for homework . It provides an opportunity for students to synthe-
  • 130. size the key understandings of the day’s lesson . Keep in mind, however, that this assessment is designed for a single concept within a larger unit . Don’t use it, for example, to see what students have learned about the Civil War . Use it to see what they have learned about the Underground Railroad, the advan- tages held by the North or South, or Reconstruction after the war . Teachers have used the WriteAbout paragraphs successfully with their “Expert Groups” in a Jigsaw review activity (See Dodge, 2005 for a more detailed explanation about the Jigsaw Activity .) Briefly, stu- dents are assigned a Home Base Group and each is given a different subtopic, question, reading, or problem to complete . They then move into Expert Groups to work with others given the same assign- ment . There, each student completes his own Write- About . When he/she returns to the original Home Base Group, each Expert contributes his/her piece to the group’s poster on the whole topic . This poster or product represents a group assessment . To check for individual understanding, follow up with several
  • 131. short-response questions . Applications Using a software program like Kid Pix or the free paint tool that comes with Windows, students can draw the pictures, symbols, or steps . Then, using the paint tool found in either program, they can write their paragraph . I n addition to the ideas on page 9, consider the following . To support struggling learners: Duplicate the Write- About template with the vocabulary terms already printed on it . (Provide definitions, if you feel they are necessary) Tips for Tiering! Students use A WriteAbout to help them process the information they have been learning in a unit on animal adaptations. They check off the vocabulary terms and circle them in their writing as they use the key words in context. (This template
  • 132. is available on the CD.) TechConnect 25 Q ui ck F or m at iv e A ss es sm
  • 135. R es ou rc es ■ 18 ■ ■ ■ Draw a picture or write symbols in this box to summarize the topic List Key Words about the topic ❑
  • 137. __ ❑ _____________________________________________________ __ ❑ _____________________________________________________ __ Paragraph: Summarize your learning by using the terms above in a paragraph about the topic. Check off the terms as you use them. Then circle the terms in your paragraph. _____________________________________________________ ___________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ ___________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ ___________________________________________ _____________________________________________________
  • 139. 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources 1� S-O-S Summary
  • 140. An S-O-S Summary is an assessment that can be used at any point in a lesson . The teacher presents a statement (S), asks the student’s opinion (O) (whether the student agrees or disagrees with the statement), and asks the student to support (S) his or her opinion with evidence . This summary can be used before or during a unit to assess student attitudes, beliefs, and knowledge about a topic . It can be used at points throughout a unit or lesson to assess what students are coming to understand about the topic . And it can be used at the end of a unit to see if attitudes and beliefs have been influenced or changed as a result of new learning .
  • 141. ■ Read the following statement: ______________ What does it mean? ■ What’s your opinion? Circle one: I agree I disagree ■ Support your opinion with evidence (facts, data, reasons, examples, etc.). S-O-S This fifth grade student is using the S-O-S Summary to practice writing an English Language Arts essay on characterization—without all of the writing. Reacting to the given statement, she provides her opinion with brief, bulleted responses, supporting her opinion with evidence. (This template is available on the CD.) 25 Q ui ck
  • 145. 20 The S-O-S Summary is excellent practice for essay writing without all of the writing . It helps students choose a point of view and support it with evidence presented in brief bulleted points . Teachers can use it frequently because it requires much less time than an essay—both to write and to assess . The S-O-S Summary is also good practice for students who are required to complete DBQs (document-based questions) in social studies, write critical-lens essays in English Language Arts, or ponder ethical dilemmas in science . Each of these tasks requires students to take a stand on a particular issue and support their point of view with evidence, facts, and examples . Applications I n addition to the ideas on page 9, consider the following . To challenge advanced learners: If you have a ma-
  • 146. ture class, capable of independent, critical thinking, you can make this activity more complex . Ask half of the class to agree with the statement and the other half to disagree with it; have students complete an S-O-S Summary from their assigned viewpoint . Then hold a debate . Have the two groups stand on opposite sides of the room with their S-O-S Summary in hand and encourage the two sides to defend their opinions orally by using all of the facts, data, and examples they have written . Then, ask students to return to their seats and write the very best argument they can for the opposite viewpoint . This is an excellent exercise for developing listening skills; arguing from a particular viewpoint; and deconstructing conflicts in literature, history, and everyday life . Tips for Tiering! 1. Provide students with an S-O-S Summary sheet (page 21) . 2. Write a statement (not a question!) on the board for students to copy . This activity works best when the statement is one which can be argued from two points
  • 147. of view (see sample statements in box below) . 3. Give students five minutes to agree or disagree with the statement by listing facts, data, reasons, examples, and so on that they have learned from class discussion, reading, or media presentations . 4. Collect the S-O-S Summary sheet to assess student understanding . 5. Make decisions about the next day’s instruction . Step-by-Step ■ The main character is a hero. ■ Recycling is not necessary in our community. ■ If you are young, it’s not important to have good health habits. ■ The city is the best place to live. ■ The Industrial Revolution produced only positive
  • 148. effects on society. ■ You don’t need to know math to live comfortably in the world. Sample Statements 25 Q uick Form ative A ssessm ents for a D ifferentiated C lassroom © Judith D odge, Scholastic T eaching R esources
  • 149. 21 ■ ■ ■ ■ S-O-S Summary Read the following statement:____________________________________________ __________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________________ What does it mean?_______________________________________________ _________________________
  • 150. _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________________ What’s your opinion? Circle one: I agree I disagree Support your opinion with evidence (facts, reasons, examples, etc.). ■ ■ ■ Name _____________________________________________________ ____ Date ______________________ Read the following statement:____________________________________________ __________________
  • 155. ch in g R es ou rc es NOTES/Classroom Assessments and Grading That Work.pdf Classroom Assessment and Grading That Work One Day Overview Author: Robert J. Marzano
  • 156. Presenter: B. McGarvey Marzano Research Lab [email protected] January, 2009 Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 1 1 Classroom Assessment & Grading From Research to Practice 2Resources Designing
  • 157. & Assessing Educational Objectives Applying the New Taxonomy Robert J. Marzano John S. Kendall Nature of Knowledge & Learning Assessment & Grading 3 1. If changes in classroom formative assessment and grading are going to work and be sustained, all aspects of the system of curriculum, instruction, and assessment must work together. 2. The flaws in the present system are significant and they profoundly influence students. 3. There is a compelling body of research, as well as massive anecdotal evidence, that support changing
  • 158. formative assessment & grading practices to significantly enhance students’ learning. 4. It is possible, and feasible, to gradually change our classroom formative assessment and grading practices. LEARNING GOALS: “Understandings” Participants will increase understanding of the following: 4 6. To track student learning on academic topics LEARNING GOALS: “Skills” Participants will increase their ability: 7. To provide students with a clear picture of their progress on specific learning goals and how they might improve 5. To identify academic topics 8. To use a grading scale that provides
  • 159. consistent feedback and encourages students to improve. 5 I. INTRODUCTION: ŹWelcome - Outcomes ‘n Agenda ŹPrime-the-Pump! II. CREATING DISEQUILIBRIUM! ŹFlaws in the Current System ŹThe Research on Feedback ŹAccountability in Education Why Change? II. TRACKING STUDENT PROGRESS ŹAbout Learning Goals ŹCharting Progress ŹSeparating out Academic and Non-Academic Feedback
  • 160. What Changes? 6 III. UNPACKING the STANDARDS (A new format!!) ŹMeasurement Topics - In a Scoring Scale Format - From Points & Percentages to Rubrics THIS ALL ORGANIZES THE CURRICULUM IN A SCORING SCALE FORMAT…. clear and useful! What Changes? ☺ Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
  • 161. Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 2 7 IV. GRADING PRACTICES…..Formative Feedback ŹAssigning Topic Grades ŹAssigning Final Grades for Academic Topics and Non-Academic Factors ŹAbout Averaging….About Zeroes! ŹReporting Out Progress Reports….Report Cards…Transcripts ŹPolicy Work What Changes? V. CLOSING:
  • 162. ŹReflecting on the Days - Insights - Questions - Next Steps 8 Why Do We Need to Make Changes? Creating Disequilibrium! 1. Flaws in the current Grading System Three areas that underscore the need to change our feedback system: 2. The Research on Effective Feedback 3. Accountability in Education 10 FLAWS IN THE CURRENT
  • 163. SYSTEM 11 “GRADES” – From the Students’ Point of View MIDDLE SCHOOL GIRL: I’d like the report cards to be, like, so if you let’s say out of the 9 weeks that we were doing it before we get our report card; we’re working on this one certain thing in math and we get let’s say a “D” and then we get a “C” a “B” and an “A”. And then on the report card, I think we should get our best grade. HIGH SCHOOL GIRL: I have photography class and I have taken it for three years and I took it again. And I have an “A+” in that class and I know nothing. I have never done anything. I don’t show him any work. He gave me an “A”. We just talk all the time and I don’t think it is fair ‘cause other kids, like, do stuff and
  • 164. they don’t get a good grade or anything and I feel bad. Then I have an English class where I turn in all my work and I don’t have a good grade at all. And she just, like, – it goes on favorites with her. If you’re her favorite, she’ll give you an “A”. If you’re not, she won’t pass you or whatever. 12 PARENT: Recently we got a letter from the results of the “turnover testing” that the kids have to take. And it said that they were congratulating my husband and I on my son being the third smartest or most intelligent child in his age group for the nation. And yet when I look at my son’s report card he’s an average - there are average grades – C’s a few B’s HIGH SCHOOL BOY: Say a math teacher teaches you just how to do a
  • 165. problem, then he’ll give you a homework set with those problems on ‘em. You have to, like, go home and do it and then the next day he comes and grades you. And you just have one night to listen, and maybe you didn’t understand it, or you need more help, and there wasn’t enough class time. And you try to go home and do the problem; you can’t, and then, the next day have to turn it in and they grade it and they count you off ‘cause you didn’t know how to do it or you are just practicing and but then you may start to get it later on, but then, you got a bad grade on it the first time you did it and maybe now you got a good grade but it still lowers it down because the first time you may not have known what you were doing Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra
  • 166. Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 3 13 MIDDLE SCHOOL GIRL: Well, when I get a “D” on my report card, sometimes I get scared ‘cause it’s, like, well, what am I going to do. What is it that I am doing wrong. And then I try to figure out what I am doing wrong so I can improve on it. ELEMENTARY BOY: I think it would be good if they gave us two grades because we want to know if we’re smart in class and we want to know if we’re doing good in class. HIGH SCHOOL BOY: I think that the teachers should spend more time on one lab instead of trying to move so fast. I think basically their goal is not to teach sometimes their goal is to just get the book or get whatever you are going through done. (Interviewer: What do you wish they would do different?) Slow down! And, like, make sure each kid knows what they’re doing. And like, put more into the class or just put more into each
  • 167. student than into one big class. 14 HIGH SCHOOL GIRL: I don’t think my report card grades were fair at all because I had to miss some school for a family problem and I would still get in all the work and stuff and they didn’t…they wouldn’t…they’d give me, like, a really bad grade and I would show them and tell them what was going on and they didn’t seem to, like, give any affection to whatever, you are like any other student and you can just turn it in and it doesn’t matter what is happening. ELEMENTARY BOY: In art, where I’d be trying my best, and she was just giving me C’s and D minuses and stuff. And, I didn’t know what she wanted me to do ‘cause I was just trying as hard as I could. Then, the last semester, she gave me one C and two B’s.
  • 168. ELEMENTARY GIRL: It depends on our attitude and our behavior. So, they write down what they think of us. It isn’t, like, they just that they write down what they are supposed to. I think it is good that we fail because we are talking because we know they said be quiet and don’t talk. 15 PARENT: I think grades are very detrimental to the children. I have kids that are, that school is very easy to and I have children that are in the learning handicap program. I think the comments are very essential on the report cards, but, I think, the grades are very opinionated. I have had some kids come home from school, do no homework at all, and get an A in the class and the same, and then another child in the same class, struggle, struggle, and struggle, work and work and work and do poorly in the class because of personality conflicts. HIGH SCHOOL GIRL: A lot of times they, like, rush so hard,
  • 169. like, teach you so many things. That, like, it just blows by, like math and stuff. I learned Algebra and Geometry and I have no idea how to do it now. It’s…I learned it back then and got a good grade. But, it’s…they try to put too much in and teach you too much, like, just to get it done for their curriculum or whatever their reasoning is. 16 (that you see!) in the Current Grading System …and so…..What’s the Fix?? Activity List the Flaws The definition of Grading in Standards-Based Education
  • 170. Grades are FEEDBACK to the Learner on the degree to which he/she has the knowledge in standards (benchmarks, indicators, learning goals…etc) at a particular point in time. 18 THE THREE PARADIGM SHIFTS FOR GRADING IN A STANDARDS-BASED EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM 1. Our purpose is to develop talent – not to sort and select talent. 2. Grades as a feedback system vs a rewards/punishment system 3. Mass customization of education vs mass production of education
  • 171. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 4 19 Why Do We Need to Make Changes? Creating Disequilibrium! 1. Flaws in the current Grading System Three areas that underscore the need to change our feedback system: 2. The Research on Effective Feedback
  • 172. 3. Accountability in Education 21 THE RESEARCH ON FEEDBACK 22 John Hattie (reviewed 7,827 studies on learning and instruction) Conclusion… “The most powerful single innovation that enhances achievement is feedback. The simplest prescription for improving education must be ‘dollops’ of feedback.” …reported that providing students with specific information about their standing in terms of particular objectives increased their achievement by 37 percentile points.
  • 173. 23 9. Home Atmosphere 10. Learned Intelligence and Prior Knowledge 11. Motivation & Interest Student 6. Instruction 7. Classroom Management 8. Curriculum Design Teacher 1. Guaranteed and Viable Curriculum 2. Clear Goals and Effective Feedback
  • 174. 3. Parent & Community Involvement 4. Safe & Orderly Climate 5. Staff Collegiality & Professionalism School WHAT WORKS IN SCHOOLSFactors That Influence LEARNING 24 Identifying similarities and differences Summarizing and note taking Reinforcing effort and providing recognition Homework and practice Nonlinguistic representations Cooperative learning
  • 175. Setting objectives and providing feedback Generating and testing hypotheses Cues, questions, and advance organizers Instructional Strategies That Influence LEARNING Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 5 25 1. Feedback should be “corrective” in nature. 2. Feedback should be timely. 3. Feedback should be specific to a
  • 176. criterion. 4. Students can effectively provide their own feedback. Generalizations from the Research on “Providing Feedback” 26 % ile im pr ov em en t i nc re
  • 178. Student Achievement Increase of 34%ile to 84%ile 13%ile increase to 63%ile Impact of improving………………. classroom assessment effectiveness 27 % ile im pr ov em en t i
  • 180. Teacher assessment effectiveness Student Achievement 28%ile increase to 78%ile Increase to 99th percentile Impact of improving………………. classroom assessment effectiveness 28 Like most things in education, classroom assessment enhances student achievement under certain conditions only (Marzano) # 1. Feedback from classroom assessments should provide
  • 181. students with a clear picture of: - their progress on learning goals, and - how they might improve # 2. Feedback from classroom assessment should encourage students to improve. # 3. Classroom assessment should be formative in nature. # 4. Formative classroom assessments should be quite frequent. The Conditions (hmm – criteria): 29 Feedback from classroom assessments should provide students with a clear picture of: - their progress on learning goals, and
  • 182. - how they might improve Condition # 1 30 # of studies Characteristic of Feedback from Classroom Assessment Percentile Gain/Loss 6 Right/wrong -3 39 Provide correct answers 8.5 30 Criteria understood by student vs. not understood 16 9 Explain 20 4 Student reassessed until correct
  • 183. 20 Bangert-Drowns, Kulik, Kulik, & Morgan, 1991 Which Assessment/Feedback works Best? Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 6 31 # of studies Characteristic of Feedback from Classroom Assessment Percentile Gain/Loss 89 Displaying results graphically
  • 184. 26 49 Evaluation by rule [uniform way of interpreting results of classroom assessments using a tight logic) 3249 Evaluation by Rule 32 Fuchs & Fuchs 1988 Uniform way of interpreting results of classroom assessments using a tight logic Which Assessment/Feedback works Best? 32
  • 185. Failure avoidant Feels controlled by external forces Success oriented Believes success results from effort. Feedback from classroom assessments should encourage students to improve. Condition # 2 33 FormativeFrequent
  • 186. Condition # 3 Condition # 4 34 Formative assessments are defined as any activity that can be used to “provide information to be used as feedback to modify the teaching and learning activities in which [students’] engage.” (Black and William as quoted in Marzano) 35 Why Do We Need to Make Changes? Creating Disequilibrium! 1. Flaws in the current Grading System Three areas that underscore the need to change our feedback
  • 187. system: 2. The Research on Effective Feedback 3. Accountability in Education Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 7 37 ACCOUNTABILITY IN EDUCATION 38 Complex Reasoning Standards
  • 188. Exit Outcomes Content Standards In our schools, students are: with this content knowledge to practice getting better at these life-long learning habits doing these kinds of things Un its of Stu dy Effective Communicator
  • 189. Collaborative Worker Involved Citizen Quality Producer Complex Thinker Knowledgeable Person Self-directed Learner What Do We Want Our Students to Know, Be Able To Do, and Be Like? 39 Complex Reasoning Standards Content Standards Life-long Learning Standards Evid ence
  • 190. Of Stud ent Lea rnin g © 1995, B. McGarvey, South Portland, Maine 40 Complex Reasoning Standards Content Standards Life-long Learning Standards
  • 191. Evid ence Of Stud ent Lea rnin g © 1995, B. McGarvey, South Portland, Maine Basic Literacy……………..In-depth Understanding Sources of Evidence (data)?? ASSESSING STUDENT LEARNING
  • 192. DISTRICT ASSESSMENTS • Screenings • Standardized Tests • Performance Assessments and Demonstrations STATE ASSESSMENT • MEA CLASSROOM ASSESSMENTS • Products • Performances • Portfolio • Tests, Quizzes • Observations 41 What Changes Do We Need
  • 193. to Make? 42 A G rad ual Tra nsfo rma tion Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning Establish Grading Practices
  • 194. (Policies) that Accurately Reflect Student Learning Continuously Monitor Student Learning and Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly Align Reporting Forms & Procedures to the Grading Practices Step 1
  • 195. Step 2 Step 3 Step 4The Changes! Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 8 43 Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning Establish Grading
  • 196. Practices (Policies) that Accurately Reflect Student Learning Continuously Monitor Student Learning and Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly Align Reporting Forms & Procedures to the Grading Practices
  • 197. Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Track Learning Goals Formative Feedback Grading Policies Report Card (etc) A G rad
  • 198. ual Tra nsfo rma tion The Changes! 44 TRACK STUDENT PROGRESS on Learning Goals! 45 Setting specific goals for student achievement and then tracking progress regarding those goals is one of the most powerful actions a teacher, school, or district can take.
  • 199. Marzano on: Setting Specific Goals + Tracking Progress 46 First…. About Learning Goals We did thi s y este rda y! 47 TRACK STUDENT PROGRESS
  • 200. on Learning Goals! 48 Se e f ul l s iz ed pa ge at th e e nd of y
  • 201. ou r p ac ke t. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 9 49 Se e f ul l s
  • 203. 4 I have everything described in level 3, AND I go beyond what was directly taught in class. 3 I have all the simple information, AND I have no major errors on the complex knowledge directly taught in class. 2 I have the simple, yet important information, BUT I have major errors on the more complex knowledge. 1 I make major mistakes. I just don’t understand it yet. Se e f ul l s iz ed pa ge at th
  • 206. b________________ c________________ d________________ Tracking My Own Learning Student Name______________________ Date__________ Topic ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ My score at beginning:_______________ My goal:_________ by ______________ 100% 80% 60% 40%
  • 207. 20% 0 a b c d e f g h e________________ f_________________ g________________ h________________ Pretest 2/12 (48%) Quiz 2/19 (60%) Quiz 2/15 (60%) 53 D at
  • 211. 1 My Progress in Writing Process—Content and Organization Goal Achievement Effort Behavior APP6.2 54 What are they learning? How well are they learning? Se e f ul l s
  • 213. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 10 55 World Literature Se e f ul l s iz ed pa ge at th
  • 214. e e nd of y ou r p ac ke t. 56 AP Calculus Se e f ul l s
  • 218. e e nd of y ou r p ac ke t. 59 What are they learning? How well are they learning? Student Name Johnny Doe Language Art Grade so far this quarter: C LANGUAGE ARTS LEARNING GOAL 4-A Exceeds grade level standard 2-C Below grade level standard
  • 219. 3-B Meets grade level standard 1-D Significantly below grade level standard 0-F—Not enough worked complete to provide a score WRITING (focus has been on persuasive writing) 1. Organizes ideas for writing 2+ (C+) 2. Edits for grammar and conventions 3- (B-) 3. Writing shows strong voice and word choice 3 (B) READING (focus has been on short stories for fiction, biography for non-fiction) 1. Understands and uses what is read—fiction 4 (A) 2. Understands and uses what is read—non-fiction 3- (B-) LITERATURE (focus has been on short stories) 1. Understands characteristics of major types of literature 2+ (C+)
  • 220. 2. Understands literary elements such as plot, character 2 (C) ACCESSING AND USING INFORMATION 1. Understands characteristics of information resources Not graded this period 2. Finds, selects, organizes, and uses information Not graded this period WORK HABITS 4-A Consistently 2-C Inconsistently 3-B Generally 1-D Seldom 1. Gets work in on time 1 (D) 2. Follows directions 1 (D) 3. Participates in, and contributes to, class 3 (B) 4. Completes class assignments 3 (B) 5. Completes homework 1 (D)
  • 221. 6. Puts effort into work 2 (C) Johnny Doe’s grade for Learning Goals -- 2.7-- (B-) W ork Habits -- 1.8-- (C-) Overall 2.2 --(C) Johnny has a list of assignments, the scores on each, and the missing work. Se e f ul l s iz ed pa ge at th
  • 223. pa ge at th e e nd of y ou r p ac ke t. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering
  • 224. © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 11 Continuously Monitor Student Progress Tracking Progress and Separate Academic & Non-Academic Factors Janie Jamal Josh Students Assignments and Assessments Standard
  • 234. 3.53.5 2.02.02.03.02.52.51.53.53.03.02.5 Writing--Org Writing-Mech Rdg. Comp. Work Completion A ss ig n. 1 -- 10 /1 A ss ig
  • 259. A ss ig n 10 1 1/ 4 Colonization Conflicts in Hist. Writing Org. Coloniza tion Conflicts in History Writing Org.
  • 268. n. 11 /1 A ss ig n 10 1 1/ 4 Ecosystems. Adaptation Sci. Inquiry Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
  • 277. /1 A ss ig n 10 1 1/ 4 Ecosystems. Adaptation Sci. Inquiry Eco- systems Adapta- tion Science Inquiry
  • 278. W ork on Tim e 68 •Identify one grade level (or course) learning goal per quarter or per semester for each of the following subject areas: mathematic, reading, writing, science, and social studies. •Construct a rubric, or other type of common scale, for each learning goal. •Have teachers formally and informally assess each learning goal at least once every two weeks keeping track of each student’s score on each learning goal. (Use of appropriate computer software is highly recommended) •Have students keep track of their progress on each goal and use
  • 279. the data as the basis for teacher/student interactions about student progress. •Periodically aggregate the data by grade level. Have teachers meet to discuss student progress and how it might be improved. Continuous Monitoring of Student Achievement 69 WHEN students learn something is more important than whether they learn it well. WHETHER students LEARN something WELL is more important than when they learn it. 70 Guaranteed & Viable Curriculum SCHOOL (DISTRICT) FACTOR
  • 280. 71 The Importance of Standards In the recounting of our nation’s drive toward educational reform, the last decade of [the 20th] century will undoubtedly be identified as a time when a concentrated press for national educational standards emerged. Glaser and Linn (1993) 72 Okay! We are going to say it: ……there is a problem with standards! It’s the biggest elephant in the room for K-12 education……
  • 281. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 13 73 Another title for this presentation could have been… The Most Important Thing Districts (a state?) Can Do Right Now to Help Classroom Teachers 74 The Problem with Standards: Too much content
  • 282. 75 The Guaranteed and Viable Curriculum should identify the essential knowledge for the topics at each grade level Does Yours??? 76 If you wanted to teach all of the standards in the national documents, you would have to change schooling from K-12 to K-22 . • 255 standards across 14 subject areas • 3,500 benchmarks • @ 5 hrs/benchmark….17,500 of class time
  • 283. is needed • 13,000 hours of class time available • 9,000 hours of instruction available 29% - 69% 77 What do we do? Make Standards Useful (Marzano) Making Standards Useful: Unpack Standards Identify Measurement Topics 5 5
  • 284. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 14 79 GOALS of unpacking the standards: - to decrease the amount of content! - to identify measurement topics Why “measurement topics?” 80 Marzano: “….articulating measurement topics makes it easier to develop formative classroom assessments. It also clearly delineates what teachers are
  • 285. to address from one grade level to the next.” 81 “Unpacking” is an opportunity: 1. to delete content that is not considered essential; 2. to delete content that is not amendable to classroom assessment; 3. to combine content that is highly related. 82 TOPIC TOPIC TOPIC CONTENT STANDARD • Benchmark • Benchmark
  • 286. • Benchmark • Benchmark Reporting Students’ Progress Too broad for feedback Too many, not feasible 83 TOPIC TOPIC TOPIC CONTENT STANDARD LIFE SKILLS TOPIC TOPIC Measurement topics need to include life skills (e.g., participation, work completion, behavior, working in groups).
  • 287. Reporting Students’ Progress 84 Measurement Topics (Examples) Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 15 85 STANDARD: Reading – Reading for Main Idea – Word Recognition and Vocabulary
  • 288. – Literary Analysis – Genre Sample Language Arts Reporting Topics STANDARD: Writing – Research and Information Organization – Drafting and Revising – Format – Audience and Purpose – Word Processing 86 STANDARD: Language
  • 289. – Spelling – Language Mechanics – Language Conventions Sample Language Arts Reporting Topics STANDARD: Speaking and Listening – Oral Comprehension – Analysis and Evaluation of Oral Media – Speaking Applications 87 STANDARD:
  • 290. Numbers and Operations – Number Sense and Number Systems – Basic Addition and Subtraction – Basic Multiplication and Division – Operations, Computation, and Estimation Sample Mathematics Reporting Topics STANDARD: Geometry – Lines, Angles, and Geometric Objects – Transformations, Congruency, and Similarity
  • 291. 88 STANDARD: Measurement – Measurement Systems – Perimeter, Area, and Volume Mathematics Reporting TopicsSample Mathematics Reporting Topics STANDARD: Algebra – Basic Patterns – Functions and Equations
  • 292. – Algebraic Representations and Mathematical Models STANDARD: Data Analysis & Probability – Data Organization and Interpretation – Probability 89 Sample Science Reporting Topics STANDARD:
  • 293. Earth & Space Science – Atmospheric Processes and the Water Cycle – Composition and Structure of the Earth – Composition and Structure of the Universe and the Earth’s Place in It STANDARD: Life Sciences – Principles of Heredity and Related Concepts – Structure and Function of Cells and Organisms – Relationships Among
  • 294. Organisms and Their Physical Environment – Biological Evolution and Diversity of Life 90 STANDARD: Physical Sciences – Structure and Properties of Matter – Sources and Properties of Energy – Forces and Motion Sample Science Reporting Topics STANDARD: Nature of Science – Nature of Scientific
  • 295. Inquiry – Scientific Enterprise Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 16 91 STANDARD: Citizenship, Government & Democracy – Rights, Responsibilities, and Participation in the Political Process – The U.S. and State Constitutions
  • 296. – The Civil and Criminal Legal Systems Sample Social Studies Reporting Topics STANDARD: Culture & Cultural Diversity – The Nature and Influence of Culture 92 Sample Social Studies Reporting Topics STANDARD: Economics – The Nature and Function of Economic
  • 297. Systems – Economics Throughout the World – Personal Economics STANDARD: History – Significant Individuals and Events – Current Events and the Modern World STANDARD: Geography
  • 298. – Spatial Thinking the Use of Charts, Maps, and Graphs 93 STANDARD: Creative Expression – Elements of Music (Mechanics) – Emotional Impact Sample Music Reporting Topics STANDARD:
  • 299. Health Cultural Heritage – Music of Cultures – Music in History STANDARD: Criticism & Aesthetics – Quality of Musical Works – Personal Preferences 94 STANDARD:
  • 300. Creative Expression – Elements and Principles of Design – Techniques & Methods – Relationships Among Art Forms – Personal & Professional Benefits Sample Art Reporting Topics STANDARD: Health
  • 301. Cultural Heritage – Art History – Art in Cultures STANDARD: Criticism & Aesthetics – Characteristics & Merits of Art – Personal Preferences 95 STANDARD: Person-to-Person Communication
  • 302. – Informal Communication Strategies – Formal Communication Strategies – Sample Foreign Language Reporting Topics STANDARD: Reading, Listening, Viewing – Comprehension 96 STANDARD: Oral & Written Presentations –
  • 303. Comprehensibility Sample Foreign Language Reporting Topics STANDARD: Workings of Language – Language Control – Vocabulary STANDARD: Cultural Practices, Products, Perspectives – Cultural Practices & Perspectives
  • 304. – Cultural Connections Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 17 97 STANDARD: Health Promotion & Disease Prevention – Components of Health – Health Problems – Influences on Health Sample Health Reporting Topics STANDARD: Health
  • 305. Information, Services & Products – Identifying Resources – Evaluating Resources – Accessing Resources 98 STANDARD: Risk Reduction – Safety – Coping Strategies Sample Health Reporting Topics STANDARD: Communication Skills
  • 306. – Listening Strategies – Self-Expression Strategies – Conflict Resolution Strategies STANDARD: Wellness Planning – Self- Assessment – Decision- Making – Goal-Setting 99 STANDARD:
  • 307. Life Skills – Participation – Work Completion – Behavior – Working in Groups Sample Life Skills Reporting Topics 100 MEASUREMENT TOPICS IN SCORING SCALE FORMAT (Make Them Useful!) 5 SIMPLE (but important) KNOWLEDGE 5 COMPLEX KNOWLEDGE
  • 308. 101 Your Topic of Study _________________ List the knowledge that you want students to get as a result of the activities in this unit of study. 102 Your Topic of Study _________________ COMPLEX Knowledge for this topic SIMPLE, but Important Knowledge for this topic
  • 309. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 18 103 TOPIC of study for a particular grade Complex Knowledge for this topic Simple, but Important Knowledge for this topic Knows:
  • 310. Terms and Details Understands: Organizing Ideas (generalizations, concepts, principles) 104 TOPIC: American Civil War Complex Knowledge for this topic Simple, but Important Knowledge for this topic An understanding of: - Civil wars can be the cruelest wars because every
  • 311. victory may also be a self-inflicted wound. - Civil wars can leave scars that influence all aspects of the society (political, social/cultural, economic). • Recognize and recall basic terms such as: Civil War, Emancipation Proclamation, Robert E. Lee, Ulysses S. Grant; union, rebels, Gettysburg • Recognize/recall isolated details such as: - The American Civil War was fought from 1861… - The major causes were… Grade 8 105 TOPIC: Atmospheric Processes & Water Cycle Complex Knowledge
  • 312. for this topic Simple, but Important Knowledge for this topic An understanding of: - How the water cycle processes (condensation, precipitation, surface run-off, percolation, evaporation) impact climate changes - The effects of temperature & pressure in different layers of Earth’s atmosphere • Recognize and recall basic terms such as: climactic patterns, atmospheric layers, stratosphere, troposphere • Recognize/recall isolated details such as: - Precipitation is one of the processes of the water cycle
  • 313. - The troposphere is one of the lowest portions of the earth’s atmosphere Gr. 8 106 TOPIC of study for a particular grade Complex Knowledge for this topic Simple, but Important Knowledge for this topic Knows: Terms and Details
  • 314. (related to the skills & processes) Is able to: Skills and Processes (psychomotor and mental) 107 TOPIC: Accessing Information Complex Knowledge for this topic Simple, but Important Knowledge for this topic Is skilled at: - Searching Internet using keywords in a Google search—
  • 315. focus on narrowing search • Recognize and recall basic terms such as: Internet, Google, keywords, search Grade 8 108 TOPIC: Map Reading Complex Knowledge for this topic Simple, but Important Knowledge for this topic Is be skilled at: - Reading and interpreting symbols
  • 316. • Recognize and recall basic terms such as: topographical map, map legend or map key, symbols….. Grade 5 Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 19 109 TOPIC: Work Completion Complex Knowledge for this topic Simple, but Important Knowledge
  • 317. for this topic Is be skilled at: - Handing in assignments that meet format requirements - Developing and implementing basic time-management plans for assignments - Completing assignments on time and providing acceptable explanations when assignments are not handed in on time. • Recognize and recall basic details such as: - Knows the format requirements for assignments - Knows the elements of basic time-management plans - Knows deadlines for assignments Grades 6 - 8 110 MARZANO’S GENERIC SCALE
  • 318. 111 4 3 2 1 0 A generic scale for measurement topics The student’s responses demonstrate no major errors or omissions regarding any of the complex information and/or processes THAT WERE EXPLICITY TAUGHT
  • 319. 3 112 4 3 The student’s responses demonstrate no major errors or omissions regarding any of the information and/or processes 2 1 0 The student’s responses indicate major errors or omissions regarding the more complex ideas and processes; however they do not indicate major errors or omissions relative to the simpler details and processes THAT WERE
  • 320. EXPLICITLY TAUGHT A generic scale for measurement topics 2 113 4 3 The student’s responses demonstrate no major errors or omissions regarding any of the information and/or processes 2 The student’s responses indicate major errors or omissions regarding the more complex ideas and processes; however they do not indicate major errors or omissions relative to the simpler details and processes 1
  • 321. 0 The student provides responses that indicate a distinct lack of understanding of the knowledge. However, with help, the student demonstrates partial understanding of some of the knowledge A generic scale for measurement topics 1 114 4 3 2
  • 322. 1 The student provides responses that indicate a distinct lack of understanding of the knowledge. However, with help, the student demonstrates partial understanding of some of the knowledge 0 The student provides little or no response. Even with help the student does not exhibit a partial understanding of the knowledge A generic scale for measurement topics 0 Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
  • 323. Reserved. 20 115 4 3 The student’s responses demonstrate no major errors or omissions regarding any of the information and/or processes 2 The student’s responses indicate major errors or omissions regarding the more complex ideas and processes; however they do not indicate major errors or omissions relative to the simpler details and processes 1 0 In addition to exhibiting level 3 performance, the student’s
  • 324. responses demonstrate in-depth inferences and applications that go beyond what was taught in class A generic scale for measurement topics 4 116 Even with help, no understanding or skill demonstrated. With help, a partial knowledge of some of the simpler and complex details and processes No major errors or omissions regarding the SIMPLER details and processes that were explicitly taught, BUT major errors or omissions regarding the more COMPLEX ideas and processes No major errors or omissions regarding any of the information and/or processes (SIMPLER OR COMPLEX) that were explicitly taught
  • 325. In addition to exhibiting level 3 performance, in-depth inferences and applications in situations that GO BEYOND what was taught in class. 0 1 2 3 4 Generic SCALE for Measurement Topics 117 Patterns of Responses • Student answers Level 2 items correctly, but not Level 3 and Level 4 items. • Student answers Level 2 and Level 3 items correctly, but not Level 4 items.
  • 326. • Student misses all items, but with help can answer some correctly. • Students misses all items even when helped. Score 2 3 1 0 118 The complete scale allows for half-point scores (3.5, 2.5, 1.5, .5) Building the Complete Scale 119 .5 With help, a partial knowledge of some of the simpler details
  • 327. and processes but not of the more complex ideas and processes. 1.5 Partial knowledge of the simpler details and processes, but major errors or omissions regarding the more complex ideas and processes. 2.5 No major errors or omissions regarding any of the simpler information and/or processes and partial knowledge of the more complex information and processes. 3.5 In addition to exhibiting level 3 performance, partial success at in-depth inferences and applications that go beyond what was taught in class. Even with help, no understanding or skill demonstrated.0 With help, a partial knowledge of some of the simpler and complex details and processes.
  • 328. 1 No major errors or omissions regarding the SIMPLER details and processes BUT major errors or omissions regarding the more COMPLEX ideas and processes 2 No major errors or omissions regarding any of the information and/or processes (SIMPLER OR COMPLEX) that were explicitly taught 3 In addition to exhibiting level 3 performance, in-depth inferences and applications in situations that GO BEYOND what was taught in class. 4 SCALE Format for Measurement Topics Se
  • 329. e f ul l s iz ed pa ge at th e e nd of y ou r p ac ke
  • 330. t. 120 • You then create assessment items for: Level 2 Important but Simpler, Level 3 Important and relatively Complex, AND Level 4 Use of Knowledge in Novel Situations Item Response Theory “A Scale That Measures Learning Over Time” • For each topic, you identify the knowledge for: Level 3 Important and relatively Complex Level 2 Important but Simpler This means that……..
  • 331. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 21 121 •Identify one grade level (or course) learning goal per quarter or per semester for each of the following subject areas: mathematic, reading, writing, science, and social studies. •Construct a rubric, or other type of common scale, for each learning goal. •Have teachers formally and informally assess each learning goal at least once every two weeks keeping track of each student’s score on each learning goal. (Use of appropriate computer software is highly
  • 332. recommended) •Have students keep track of their progress on each goal and use the data as the basis for teacher/student interactions about student progress. •Periodically aggregate the data by grade level. Have teachers meet to discuss student progress and how it might be improved. Continuous Monitoring of Student Achievement AND, Adjusting Learning (Instruction) 122 and Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly • Grouping and regrouping within the classroom and systemically • Support Classes– double dipping
  • 333. • Take Responsibility – “ability to respond” • “Re-teaching” blocks of time” •???????????? Fro nt- loa d t he Int erv ent ion s! 123 What Changes Do We Need
  • 334. to Make? 124 A G rad ual Tra nsfo rma tion Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning Establish Grading Practices
  • 335. (Policies) that Accurately Reflect Student Learning Continuously Monitor Student Learning and Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly Align Reporting Forms & Procedures to the Grading Practices Step 1
  • 336. Step 2 Step 3 Step 4The Changes! 125 Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning Establish Grading Practices (Policies) that Accurately Reflect Student Learning
  • 337. Continuously Monitor Student Learning and Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly Align Reporting Forms & Procedures to the Grading Practices Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
  • 339. The Changes! 126 Use FORMATIVE FEEDBACK to monitor and encourage student learning Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 22 127 Like most things in education, classroom assessment enhances student achievement under certain conditions only (Marzano)
  • 340. Remember! 128 The Conditions (hmm – criteria): Feedback from classroom assessments should provide students with a clear picture of: - their progress on learning goals, - how they might improve 1. Feedback from classroom assessment should encourage students to improve. 2. Classroom assessment should be formative in nature.3. Formative classroom assessments should be quite frequent. 4. 129
  • 341. Feedback from classroom assessments should provide students with a clear picture of: - their progress on learning goals, and - how they might improve Condition # 1 130 Feedback from classroom assessments should provide students with a clear picture of: - their progress on learning goals, and - how they might improve Establish Measurement Topics (specific learning goals!)
  • 342. Use a scoring scale with tight logic (“Evaluation by rule”) to provide formative feedback to students 131 # of studies Characteristic of Feedback from Classroom Assessment Percentile Gain/Loss 6 Right/wrong -3 39 Provide correct answers 8.5 30 Criteria understood by student vs. not understood 16
  • 343. 9 Explain 20 4 Student reassessed until correct 20 Bangert-Drowns, Kulik, Kulik, & Morgan, 1991 Which Assessment/Feedback works Best? 132 # of studies Characteristic of Feedback from Classroom Assessment Percentile Gain/Loss 89 Displaying results graphically 26 49 Evaluation by rule
  • 344. [uniform way of interpreting results of classroom assessments using a tight logic) 3249 Evaluation by Rule 32 Fuchs & Fuchs 1988 Uniform way of interpreting results of classroom assessments using a tight logic Which Assessment/Feedback works Best? Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
  • 345. Reserved. 23 133 • Establish Measurement Topics Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning •Monitor and Encourage Student Achievement through Classroom Formative Assessment for Each Measurement Topic Item Response Theory vs. Points/percentages The Change! 134 In Search of the “True Score” True Score = Observed Score + Error Item Response Theory vs. Points/percentages
  • 346. Step 2: Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning Remember?? Standard Error of Measure (SEM) SAT SEM = 30 135 Total /100 + + A. Items 1-10 Ten items that require recall of important but simpler content that was explicitly taught B. Items 11-14 Four items that ask for
  • 347. application of complex content that was explicitly taught AND in situations similar to what was taught. C. Item 15-16 Two items that asks for application in novel situations– in situations that go beyond what was explicitly taught Total for section Total for section Total for section 136 Points/percentages Item Response Theory “A Scale That Measures Learning Over Time”
  • 348. Step 2: Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning •Monitor and Encourage Student Achievement through Classroom Formative Assessment for Each Measurement Topic 137 What Changes Do We Need to Make? 138 A G rad ual Tra nsfo rma
  • 349. tion Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning Establish Grading Practices (Policies) that Accurately Reflect Student Learning Continuously Monitor Student Learning and Adjust Learning
  • 350. Experiences Accordingly Align Reporting Forms & Procedures to the Grading Practices Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4The Changes! Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
  • 351. Reserved. 24 139 Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning Establish Grading Practices (Policies) that Accurately Reflect Student Learning Continuously Monitor Student Learning and
  • 352. Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly Align Reporting Forms & Procedures to the Grading Practices Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Track Learning Goals
  • 354. GRADING PRACTICES (Formative Feedback) 141 Making Standards UsefulAssigning FINAL SCORES for TOPICS 142 Assessment Assessment Assessment Assessment Topic:
  • 355. 1. Average 4 The Research “Test” What is the degree to which this practice: Encourages students to learn? Supports that mistakes are inherent in the learning process? Supports students learning in different timeframes 143 Assessment
  • 356. Assessment Assessment Assessment Topic: 2. Weighted Average 5 X 2 The Research “Test” What is the degree to which this practice: Encourages students to learn? Supports that mistakes are inherent
  • 357. in the learning process? Supports students learning in different timeframes 144 Topic: 3. Assessment Event Assignment/Assessment Assignment/Assessment Assignment/Assessment Assignment/Assessment X 0 X 0
  • 358. X 0 X 0 Assessment Event The Research “Test” What is the degree to which this practice: Encourages students to learn? Supports that mistakes are inherent in the learning process? Supports students learning in different timeframes
  • 359. Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 25 145 Assessment Assessment Assessment Assessment Topic: 4. Trend Score (Power Law) 146 Power Law 0
  • 361. reps 3000 reps 4000 reps learning 147 In Search of the “True Score” Observed Score = True Score + Error Remember? Standard Error of Measure (SEM) SAT SEM = 30 148 Power Law 3 2.5
  • 362. 2 1.5 1 .5 0 Pre-Test Score 2 Score 3 Score 4 Score 5 Score 6 Post-Test Average Score = 1.64 Learning Trend = 2.21 .71 1.24 1.55 1.78 1.94
  • 363. 2.08 2.21 Mode = 1.5 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.52 3ObservedScore 149 2.0 3.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 1.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 Topic Scores for Three Students Student 1 Student 2 Student 3
  • 364. Average T op ic S co re s Trend Score 150 Topic: 4. Trend Score (Power Law) Assessment Assessment Assessment
  • 365. Assessment The Research “Test” What is the degree to which this practice: Encourages students to learn? Supports that mistakes are inherent in the learning process? Supports students learning in different timeframes Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering
  • 366. © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 26 151 Assessment 2.5 Assessment 3.0 Topic: 5. Growing Preponderance of Evidence Assessment 2.0 Assessment 3.0 Assessment 1.5 152 1.0 Student #1
  • 368. 154 3.5 Student #3 4.0 2 assessments 155 Marzano: “For any given student you use… as many or as few assessments as are needed to make a valid and reliable judgment.” 156 Topic: 5. Preponderance of Evidence
  • 369. Assessment 2.5 Assessment 3.0 Assessment 2.0 Assessment 3.0 Assessment 1.5 The Research “Test” What is the degree to which this practice: Encourages students to learn? Supports that mistakes are inherent in the learning process? Supports students learning in different
  • 370. timeframes Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 27 157 Who decides which method is used to determine FINAL SCORES for TOPICS? • Individual teachers? • School policy? • District policy? Decision Time! 158
  • 371. Making Standards UsefulAssigning FINAL Course or Subject Grade 159 Making Standards Useful Two Approaches Compensatory approach Conjunctive approach 160 Making Standards Useful Assigning FINAL Course or Subject
  • 372. Grade Compensatory Approach Performance on one measurement topic can compensate for performance on another. 161 “..…Isolated overall letter grades (or overall percentage scores or even average rubric scores) are extremely deficient because they cannot provide the level of detailed feedback necessary TO ENHANCE STUDENT LEARNING. This inherent weakness of overall or omnibus grades and scores has been recognized and discussed by a number of assessment experts. —Marzano’s Classroom Assessment & Grading That Work My emphasis here! “….An overall grade is relatively meaningless from a
  • 373. measurement perspective. However, overall grades will probably be the norm in most schools for some time to come.” 162 32.512n/aTOTALS 3.513.5Behavior 2.512.5Participation 2.512.5Work completion 2.012.0Patterns & functions 6.023.0Problem-solving 1.511.5Measurement 5.022.5Central tendency & dispersion 2.512.5Data analysis & distributions 7.023.5Probability
  • 374. Quality Points WeightFinal Topic Score Measurement Topic The Weighted Average 32.5 divided by 12 = 2.71 (the student’s summary score) Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 28 163
  • 375. 3.00 - 4.00 = A 2.50 - 2.99 = B 2.00 - 2.49 = C 1.50 - 1.99 = D Below 1.50 = F Jus t a n e xam ple ! Converting Scaled Scores to Letter Grades 164 3.00 - 4.00 = A
  • 376. 3.90 - 4.00……….100 3.80 - 3.89………...99 3.70 - 3.79…………98 3.60 - 3.69………..97 3.50 - 3.59………..96 3.40 - 3.49…….….95 3.30 - 3.39…..…...94 3.20 - 3.29……..…93 3.10 - 3.19………...92 3.00 - 3.09……....91 Converting Scaled Scores to Letter Grades and Percentages Just an example! 165 Making Standards Useful Assigning FINAL Course or Subject Grade
  • 377. Conjunctive Approach One score does not “pull up” another. Rather, overall grades are determined by score patterns across the measurement topics. 166 One Example of a Conjunctive System No topic score below 3.0 No topic score below 2.5 No topic score below 2.0 No topic score below 1.5 Some topic scores below 1.5 What are the pluses and minuses of this scenario? A
  • 378. B C D F Grade Score Pattern 167 Another Example of a Conjunctive System Grade A B C D
  • 379. F No topic score below 2.5 and the majority 3.0 or above No topic score below 2.0 and the majority 2.5 or above No topic score below 1.5 and the majority 2.0 or above No topic score below 1.0 and the majority 1.5 or above Some topic scores below 1.0 or the majority not above 1.5 Score Pattern What are the pluses and minuses of this scenario? 168 1. Which approach will you use to determine final course grades? F Compensatory approach? F Conjunctive approach?
  • 380. 2. Who decides this? Individual teachers? School policy? District policy? Decision Time! Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 29 169 Making Standards UsefulAssigning FINAL SCORES for ACADEMIC TOPICS and NON-ACADEMIC FACTORS Academic Grade: Topic:
  • 381. Topic: Topic: Topic: Average or weighted average Academic Grade: Topic: Topic: Topic: Topic: Non-Academic Grade: Investment: Homework: Academic Grade:
  • 382. Topic: Topic: Topic: Topic: Non-Academic Grade: Investment: Homework: Grade for Class/Subject ????? 173 Some teachers will want student performance on these factors averaged back into the overall grade for the subject or course; others will not.
  • 383. Should this be a district or school decision or should each teacher decide? Decision Time! 174 Some teachers will want to be able to take credit away from students or lower the grade for behavioral infractions. Should this be a district or school decision or should each teacher decide? Decision Time! Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 30
  • 384. 175 Some teachers will want to be able to give zeroes for work not passed in. Should this be a district or school decision or should each teacher decide? Decision Time! Academic Grade: Topic: Topic: Topic: Topic: NonAcad. Grade: Investment: Homework: Grade for
  • 385. Class/Subject ????? 177 What Changes Do We Need to Make? 178 A G rad ual Tra nsfo rma tion Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and
  • 386. Encourage Student Learning Establish Grading Practices (Policies) that Accurately Reflect Student Learning Continuously Monitor Student Learning and Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly Align Reporting Forms &
  • 387. Procedures to the Grading Practices Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4The Changes! 179 Use Formative Assessment to Monitor and Encourage Student Learning Establish Grading
  • 388. Practices (Policies) that Accurately Reflect Student Learning Continuously Monitor Student Learning and Adjust Learning Experiences Accordingly Align Reporting Forms & Procedures to the Grading Practices
  • 389. Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Track Learning Goals Formative Feedback Grading Policies Report Card (etc) A G rad
  • 390. ual Tra nsfo rma tion The Changes! 180 REPORT CARDS….. (Formative Feedback) Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights Reserved. 31
  • 404. Se e f ul l s iz ed pa ge at th e e nd of y ou r p ac
  • 405. ke t. 185 Standards Based Gradebook with Non-Achievement Factors Se e f ul l s iz ed pa ge at th e e nd
  • 406. of y ou r p ac ke t. 186 About Action Research with Bob Marzano Source Authors: Robert Marzano and Debra Pickering © 2009 Marzano Research Lab. All Rights
  • 407. Reserved. 32 187 Choose the assessment/grading strategy to study. ACTION RESEARCH Choose the unit of instruction. Design a pretest and posttest for that unit. Administer the pretest.
  • 408. Record the posttest scores (along with student demographic information). Administer the posttest . Submit all data to your school leader. OR Deliver the same unit to two groups of students: during one, use the strategy; during the other, do not use the strategy If you teach the same course/subject to two different classes….
  • 409. Deliver two different units within the same subject area to the same students: during one, use the strategy; during the other, do not use the strategy If you are a self-contained classroom….. and….do your own reflection (journal?) during the whole process!! 188 Possible Focus for ACTION RESEARCH in Assessment & Grading - using the scoring scale format for giving students feedback Study the effects of: - separating out academic and non-academic feedback - students charting their progress
  • 410. - using a formative approach to feedback and final grades Da ta du e t o M ich ael by Fe br ua ry 9th
  • 501. pa rt ia l k no w le dg e o f t he m or e c om pl ex
  • 528. Types of Classroom Assessment The Basics of Assessment Assessment instruments on any level serve at least one of two purposes. One purpose can be to give an individual some indication of actual achievement. The other purpose is to identify trends among groups. The information compiled from standardiz ed tests tells districts how their students are doing in comparison to students in similar situations around the state or nation. From this information, districts can make decisions about the delivery of their educational program. In the classroom, assessments can inform the teacher about the progress of students as a lesson proceeds and of their achievement when instruction has concluded. In all cases, it boils down to gathering information for making decisions. Simple. There’s nothing mystical or magical about this,
  • 529. though it seems that assessment folks often try to make it so. Just read carefully and you’ll see how it all works. The Basic Terms Assessment and evaluation are two completely separate activities. So let’s make a clear distinction between them. We cannot ensure that you won’t see them used interchangeably elsewhere, but our hope is that you will have a broader perspective of this important instructional tool. We will further break this down into two types of assessments: formative and summative. Assessment Assessment, whether your version in the classroom or those districtwide high-stakes standardiz ed versions, is the means by which information is gathered to make a variety of decisions. For example, a house may be
  • 530. assessed in terms of siz e, building materials, location, and number of bedrooms and bathrooms. In the classroom you might assess a student’s skill, knowledge, reasoning, or dispositions. When information about the characteristics or qualities of something or someone is gathered, that constitutes an assessment. In school, and in your particular classroom, assessment is part of an effective educational strategy because it comes at the beginning (finding out what your students already know) and at the end of instruction (determining what has been learned as a result of the learning experience). In your work as a teacher, there will be times when you need information for purposes of making instructional decisions and other times when you will need to place an academic value on the information gathered. In either case, good assessment is the basis for all that follows. Evaluation
  • 531. Since assessment is just the gathering of information, that’s not the part that really bothers test takers. Rather, it’s the next step when the assessment information (data) is compared to some value structure. Evaluation is when value is placed on accumulated assessment data. When a teacher places a value (a grade) on test results, or a tax assessor places value (in dollars) on the assessment of a house, then evaluation has occurred. So you can see that all evaluations include assessments, but not all assessments necessarily include evaluations. So, assessing and evaluating are two different activities with different guidelines. For assessment the key point is to gather the appropriate data for the decision that needs to be made. For evaluation the key point is in establishing an appropriate value structure to represent the data. T he keys t o good evaluat ion of your st udent s’ progress:
  • 532. 1. Gather the appropriate data (assessment) 2. Establish an appropriate value structure to represent the results (evaluation) Formative and Summative Assessments: Two of the Most Important Tools in the Box Though we will also discuss standardiz ed testing, our emphasis is going to be on classroom assessments that a teacher uses. Rather than shifting back and forth between assessment and evaluation, we will make a useful distinction between two types of assessments: formative and summative. Format ive assessment s are those data collection activities that a teacher uses to make instructional decisions.
  • 533. Don’t let the “form” in formative confuse this with meaning a “formal” test (whatever that is). In this case we are using data to help formulate our course of instruction. This could be as structured as a lengthy written test given before a lesson or unit begins to find out what your students know. It could be that same test given to the students midway through the lesson to see how things are going—or even at the end but before the final test just to see whether the students have progressed as you desired. But it could also be a pop test here and there or even just the questions that you ask in class to see how things are going with the lesson. It could also be the case that you use a checklist as you monitor student work. In all of these cases you are using the information to make decisions about what you need to do. No grades are assigned, no stickers distributed, no smiley faces or frowns on the student’s lab report. Formative assessments are the
  • 534. means you use to find out how things are going so that you can decide how to proceed. The robust use of formative assessments, if you pay attention to the data you collect, will be the key to providing effective learning experiences for your students. So, an important aspect of the assessment component of an effective teacher’s strategy will be the consistent use of formative assessments. Rather than plowing through some unit of study and simply having a test (summative assessment) at the end, a teacher who uses formative assessments throughout instruction can monitor the progress of the students and adjust instruction accordingly. This is the purpose of formative assessments. It is important for you to understand that assessment techniques represent skills that a teacher must develop.
  • 535. Simply asking a class, “Does everybody understand?” will not suffice for a viable formative assessment. Students who do understand will likely answer affirmatively while students who don’t understand may prefer not to make that point known. No one likes to look foolish in front of one’s peers; thus formative assessments must be conducted in a manner that protects the student’s self- concept. A teacher might conduct formative assessments by asking open- ended questions and watching to see who responds and who does not. One might direct questions at individual students but ask for opinions or rephrasing. The teacher could also ask a question and, upon receiving no response, rephrase the question as if the difficulty had been in the original phrasing. Paper-and-pencil tests, quiz z es, checklists, and other exercises that are ungraded protect the selfesteem of a student among classmates
  • 536. but provide the teacher with assessment data that can clarify the instructional route to pursue either with the group or with individuals. ï »¿ Summat ive assessment , which we might typically think of as evaluation, is intended specifically for the purpose of assigning a grade. There is no plan to reteach the topic based upon the assessment results, but instead the teacher considers the instruction for the particular topic to be complete: students will be assessed and evaluated for their mastery of the material, and then the class will move on to the next topic. When constructing summative assessments, Stiggins (2001) recommends that teachers keep the perspective that the real users of assessment data are the students themselves. Merely receiving a letter or numerical grade advises a student of the value placed on the work, but it does not do anything to clarify the learning that has—or
  • 537. has not—taken place. That is, what questions were answered correctly? Which were incorrect? Assuming that the information was taught because it bears some importance, what does the student still need to learn? Keeping the focus on students and learning as assessments are designed represents the first step toward high-quality assessments. So, while formative assessments are specifically intended to inform the teacher, summative assessments must also communicate effectively with the test taker. And this is true as well if the assessment is one that the teacher completes rather than the student. That is, if the teacher—perhaps in a kindergarten setting— uses checklists or anecdotal notes to assess students as they work, the student still ultimately needs to know whether they are making progress, doing things correctly, or
  • 538. have mastered the lesson. The bottom line? Don’t keep the results a secret from the people who really need to know the results—the students. Formative and summative assessments are indispensable aspects of effective instruction, but clearly the aims are different. The former is used to modify or plan instruction, the latter for recogniz ing the level of academic achievement a student has reached. And as you will see in upcoming sections of this unit, assessments are not necessarily a matter of responding in writing to questions on a page. There are many formats that we can use, and it will always be the case that we want to choose a format that is suited to the task at hand and developmentally appropriate for the student. Formative and Summative Assessment Format ive Assessment :
  • 539. Teacher might ask questions, use observations, or a written test Responses tell the teacher whether students are ready to move on or if students need more instruction Summat ive Assessment Teacher might ask questions, use observations, or a written test Responses used to assign a grade; there will be no reteaching From The Educator's Field Guide. Copyright © 2011 by Corwin. All Rights Reserved. NOTES/note 2.pdf presented by Lynne Ecenbarger Classroom Assessments
  • 540. Test = obtain a score Assess = obtain the “how” or “why” behind the score Evaluate = after intervention, obtain evidence that the intervention is working Assessment implies that a decision will be made and some action taken
  • 541. to enhance learning. Previous Cycle of ClassroomTeaching/Assessment Teach Test Grade Go On • record score M T W Th F • write 5 x each
  • 542. • use in sentence • workbook page/pretest • post test • go on • ABC order Cycle of Classroom Asse ssment Pre-Asse ssments Te ach Ongoing/Formati ve Asse ssments Re te ach/Enrich Summati ve Asse ssments Grade
  • 543. Assessments are too often viewed as autopsies when they should be viewed as physicals. Like most things in education, classroom assessment enhances student achieve- ment under certain conditions only. Feedback from classroom assess- ments should provide students with a clear picture of: their progress on learning goals how they might improve
  • 544. Feedback from classroom assess- ment should encourage students to improve. Classroom assessment should be formative in nature. Formative classroom assess- ments should be quite frequent. Robert Marzano, 2007 It has been said that feedback is often too little, too late, too vague, presented in the wrong form, and therefore
  • 545. lacking in impact. Jensen, 1998 What is “good” classroom assessment? Classroom Assessments • used to assess lessons’ objectives • administered within classrooms • administered continuously throughout the day • used to differentiate instruction Classroom Screening and Progress Monitoring Tools Based on Grade Level Standards and Curriculum
  • 546. • different from grade level screening tools such as DIBELS, AIMS Web, etc. which are administered across the grade level • information is used instead to differentiate Tier 1 instruction in individual general education classrooms Initial Asse sssm ent and th en Fo rmativ e Asses smen
  • 547. ts (Pr ogres s Monit oring) (3-4 x yea r) Look for a patter n (clust ering) of er
  • 548. rors; ask, “ what do the se errors in ea ch clu ster have in com mon? ”; then a sk, “h ow do
  • 549. es this c luster differ from the on e befo re an d afte r it?” 4-8 “grid the kid” by placing their name on the chart based on assessed level of readiness; form the tiers for small group interventions
  • 551. ok e M as on E m ily 4-8 provide research-based instruction and interventions until the first progress monitoring; reassess; “regrid the kids” based on progress; readjust the intervention groups D es
  • 553. e M as on E m ily • Sample the key content in the unit • Mirror the post-assessment • Contain a low baseline • Align with CCSS • Are closely tied to the content learning objectives
  • 554. • Can be efficiently scored • Support decision-making • Inform students of the purpose Classroom Lesson Pre-Assessments (before each lesson or unit of study): PREASSESSMENTS Alphaboxes Quickwrites Ready-Set-Show Anchor Activities Anticipation Guides
  • 555. Graphic Organizers Tests from Textbooks Dry Erase/Show Me/Chalk Boards Alphaboxes Quickwrites Graphic Organizers Anticipation Guides Dictation Sentences Running Records TAPS Pre-Tests/Tests from Textbooks Teacher introduces the topic. Students write three words or phrases that come to mind when they hear the topic. They write each response in the box that the
  • 556. word/phrase begins with. For example, if the topic were “rocks”, a student might write “igneous” in the /i/ box, “gems” in the /g/ box, and “minerals” in the /m/ box. Have the students share with a partner or in a whole-class setting. They may only share answers that have not already been given. Any student that shares must be able to explain how the word/phrase they have listed is related to the topic. Anticipation Guide “From Egg to Butterfly” agree disagree 1. The butterfly has five stages in its life cycle. 2. The egg is the last stage.
  • 557. 3. Caterpillars spend five days in the egg before hatching. 4. Caterpillars eat in- sects for their food. 5. Caterpillars eat for about fifteen days before form- ing a hard shell. 6. Caterpillars change into pupas after shedding their outer skin. 7. The caterpillar spends about ten days inside a pupa. 8. Caterpillars eat while inside the pupa. 9. There are about 20 days in the life cycle of a butterfly. 10. An butterfly has six legs
  • 558. and three body parts. Teacher lists the objectives for the unit ahead of time in an “Anticipation Map”, falsifying two or three of the objectives. Students are asked to check whether they agree or dis- agree with each of the statements. The teacher could use this as a post-assessment, as well, by pre- senting the “Anticipation Map” at the end of the unit and having each student check the appropriate box based on what they learned. From Our Classroom Strategy Library Anticipation Guide All About Adolescent Literacy www.adlit.org Resources for Parents and Educators of Kids Grades 4—12
  • 559. Name Topic Read each statement below. Respond in the left column whether you agree (A) or disagree (D) with each statement. Think about why you agree or disagree, and be prepared to share. Before Reading Agree/Disagree Statement/Question After Reading Agree/Disagree 1. 2.
  • 561. rom A dLit.o rg (stand s for A doles cent L iterac y) http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org A Quick Write is a literacy strategy which can be used in any content area to develop writing fluency, to build the
  • 562. habit of reflection into a learning experience, and to informally assess student thinking. The strategy asks learners to respond in 2–10 minutes to an open-ended question or prompt posed by the teacher. This writing assignment can be used at the beginning, middle, or end of a lesson. For example, students are asked to write about what they learned, problems they encount- ered, what they liked (or did not like) about the lesson, how well they understood the concepts, and questions they may have about the lesson. In content teaching, the integration of reading and writing reinforces meaning construction as both activities use similar processing skills. Quickwrites in 5 Steps for students in grades K-2: Model and rehearse with students the following 5 steps: 1. Think. (They repeat as you raise one finger.) 2. Draw a picture. (They repeat as you raise another finger.) 3. Write something. (They repeat as you raise a third finger.)
  • 563. 4. Write your name. (They repeat as you raise a fourth finger.) 5. Write the date. (They repeat as you raise a fifth finger.) Facilitating Quickwrites for students in grades 3-12: 1. Remind students that they can’t stop writing until the timer goes off and, when it does, they may finish only their last sentence. 2. Give students exactly 1 minute to think and start everyone together. 3. Turn the timer away from students so they will not watch the clock. 4. Circulate, encourage, and praise. 5. Ask volunteers to share their Quickwrites and allow for questions and positive comments. Formative Assessment - an Integral Part of Classroom Instruction Weighing cows won’t make ‘em fatter, just as testing kids won’t increase student
  • 564. learning! • Are closely tied to the content students are learning • Can be spontaneous or planned • May be formal or informal • Can cause critical teacher insights into student learning and/or misconceptions • Require careful observation and reflection • Support decision-making regarding instruction Provides Regular Feedback!
  • 565. Formative Assessments to Inform Lesson Planning… Everything students might SAY, DO, or CREATE has the potential to be formative because it can provide information about how much they understand and helps the teacher plan the next steps of instruction. The line between assessment and instruction should be blurred! Don’t ever assess
  • 566. unless you’re going to take action! Let’s take a closer look at types of formative assessments... During the Lesson Quick, Ongoing Assessment Ideas 3-2-1 R.A.F.T.’s
  • 567. paper-pass quickwrites dry-erase slates Ready-Set-Show five questions for this answer mindmaps and other graphic organizers exit slips I Ha ve-W ho H as? Yes/No cards “During Instruction” Asse ssment Ide as
  • 568. Pinch Cards Obser vations Stop-and-Jots Masking Note -Taki ng R .A.F. T.’s Quick write s Re ady-Se t-Show Exit Slips Le arning Logs Fi ve Que stions for this Answer Mindmaps and other graphic organizers
  • 569. 3-2-1 Summ arizer Ready - Set - Show Ready - Set - Show . ? ! 1/2 1/3 1/5 I’ve almost got it! I’m lost!
  • 570. I’m a bit confused! I could te ach this! Pinch Card (check for understanding) TIPS (Thi nk/In k/Pa ir/Sh are) Students write the teacher’s
  • 571. question in the “Think” box. They then write their response in the “Ink” box. When the teacher says “Pair”, they turn and share their answer with a partner. To complete this activity, I ask the students to take a few minutes and write the name of their partner in the “Pair” box and to write what their partner shared in the “Share” box. Formative Assessing with Learning Logs Short, ungraded and unedited,
  • 572. reflective writing in learning logs is a venue to promote genuine consideration of learning activities. Learning logs provide authentic writing experiences in any content area. Ideas for Math Journal Topics Write 12 things that the number six means to you. Pretend you have to explain to a new student how to subtract numbers. Use any concept or algorithm. Write a reaction to the lesson being studied. Discuss how you approach a problem and solve it. Then discuss another way to do it. Discuss ways that a triangle and a square are alike, and
  • 573. then how they are different. “Today I discovered….” “Something I’ve been wondering about…” “I think fractions were discovered when…” Items to Gather: • wooden paint sticks • Sharpies Instructions: Step 1: First start with your first stick and write start. Step 2: Next start writing your clues and the answers on the tip. Step 3: Then write finish on your last stick. Other Tips/Suggestions: You can make all of the facts connect or make them different like I did above. You can make it longer for your high kids and shorter for your lower kids. Give them a timer and have them try to beat 1 minute. You can make any changes you desire! Place
  • 574. Value I Have - Who Has After the Lesson Quick, Ongoing Assessment Ideas 3-2-1 R.A.F.T.’s paper-pass quickwrites
  • 575. dry-erase slates Ready-Set-Show five questions for this answer mindmaps and other graphic organizers exit slips I Ha ve-W ho H as? Yes/No cards “Af ter Instruction” Asse ssment Ide as Exit Slips 3-2-1- Summarizers
  • 576. Snowball Fights Paper Pass Le arning Logs I Have-Who Has Foldable s Writ ten Re sponse s Exit Cards Exit Cards (AKA “Ticke ts to Le ave”) are used to gather information on student re adine ss levels, intere sts, and/ or le arning profile s. The te acher hands out inde x cars to students at the end of an inst ructional sequence or class period. The te acher asks the students to re spond to a pre-de termined prompt on their inde x cards and then turn them in as they le ave the classroom or t ransition to another subject. The te acher revie ws the student re sponse s and separate s the cards into instructional groups based on pre se t criteria.
  • 577. Exit Cards •On your e xit card ... •Explain the dif ference be t ween simile and me taphor. Gi ve an e xample of e ach as part of your e xplanation. Exit Cards We have begun a study of “author ’s craf t”. •Identif y three e xample s of figurati ve language used in the novel Morning Girl by Michael Dorris.
  • 578. Exit Cards Today you began to le arn about decimals and f ractions. • List three things you le arned. • Write at le ast one que stion you have about decimals and/ or f ractions. From Our Classroom Strategy Library Exit Slips All About Adolescent Literacy www.adlit.org Resources for Parents and Educators of Kids Grades 4—12
  • 579. Write one thing you learned today. Name Rate your understanding of today’s topic on a scale of 1-10. What can you do to improve your understanding? Name Describe one way that today’s lesson could be used in the real world. 12 Digital Tools to Implement Exit Slips
  • 580. 3-2-1 Summarizer 3 2 1 Identify three “ah-ha’s” from today’s lesson about plate tectonics. Pose two new questions you have about plate movement. Name one thing you will remember forever. 3-2-1 Summarizer Af ter re ading over my first draf t... 3 re visions I can make to improve
  • 581. my draf t 2 re source s I can use to help improve my draf t 1 thing I re ally like about my first draf t Foldables (3-D Graphic Organizers) “…a three-dimensional student-made (and/or teacher- made) interactive graphic organizer based upon a skill”. Foldables provide students with a “fast, kinesthetic activity that helps them organize and retain information either before, during, or after reading”. What are Foldables?
  • 582. Formative: Assessment FOR Learning Summative: Assessment OF Learning • Are like a rear view mirror of the pre-assessment • Contain a high ceiling • Assess content, skills, and strategies • Focus on application
  • 583. of knowledge to novel situations • Couple with trait rubrics • Include opportunities for personal reflections • Can be used to calculate gain scores Post-Assessments: Summative Assessments: essays, persuasive writing, and creative or expressive writing, as well as research papers. ents show what they have learned by
  • 584. synthesizing information and explaining their understanding of concepts and ideas. purpose. or use academic structures for research and/ or formal writing. Writing-to-Demonstrate Knowledge Summative Assessments Summative Assessments Checklists Debates
  • 585. Products Demonstrations Portfolio Reviews End of Unit Tests Summative Essays Performance Assessments Knowledge Comprehension Application • Workshee t • Concept Map • Quiz/Te st • Blogging • Diar y • Lists • Peer Te ach • Show and Tell
  • 586. • Summarize • Cartoon Strip • Flow Chart • Illustration • Cre ate a puzzle, game, skit, movie, podcast, wiki, PowerPoint • Gi ve a speech • Make a topographic map • Perform a play • Take and display a collection of photographs on a particular topic • Write an e xplanation/se t of instructions Analysis Synthe sis Evaluation • Conduct inve stigations to support a vie w • Construct a graph • Cre ate a socio-gram f rom a narrati ve • Cre ate a decision-making matrix to help make a
  • 587. decision • Prepare a report • Write a commercial to sell a ne w product • Cre ate an advertisement • Invent a machine to do a specific task • Write a TV show; puppe t show • Role Play • De sign a ne w mone tar y system • Prepare and conduct a debate • Write a persuasi ve speech arguing for/ against • Evaluate the character ’s action • Post critical comment to forums/blog/wiki’s/e tc. • Conduct inve stigations • PBL
  • 588. Summati ve Asse ssments Bloom’s Digital Taxonomy Create a model. Write a poem. Write and produce a play. Create a table of contents. Make a game. Compile a booklet. Create a slide show. Create a radio program. Write a book. Write a new law. Create a video. Write a new song. Draw a diagram. Write a biography. Create an advertisement. Design and construct a new product. Give a speech. Make a learning center. Have a panel discussion. Make a dictionary. Draw a set of blueprints. Plan a journey. Make a relief map. Compile a portfolio of sketches. Make a map. Write an opinion article. Make a chart. Submit a story to a magazine.
  • 589. Take a survey; interpret the results. Write an essay. Design an experiment. Present a mock trial. Write a computer program. Develop a display. Create a dance. Make a simulation gamer. Build a planetarium. Formulate a scientific theory. Teach a lesson. Make an animated movie. Create a political cartoon. Hold a press conference. Write a letter to the editor. Conduct a debate. Design a travel brochure. Write a news report. Least Likely to Yield Sophisticated Product Make a diorama. Keep a diary. Make a collage. Draft and circulate a petition. Conduct an interview. Make a list. Create a word search. Create a recipe. Make a puzzle. Make a mobile. Make a collection of... Create a slogan or bumper sticker.
  • 590. Make a timeline. Be a mentor. Prepare and serve ethnic food. Do a pantomime. Collect and analyze water. Develop and use a questionnaire. Invite a speaker to class. Work on needlepoint. Draw a storyline. Discuss character development. Put together a photo album. Most Likely to Yield Sophisticated Product Multiple Intelligences Project Ideas Verbal/ Linguistic Visual/Spatial Logical/ Mathematical
  • 591. Musical Interpersonal Intrapersonal Bodily/ Kinesthetic Naturalist Create an audiotape Give a persuasive speech Write a poem Write a play or script Write an advertisement Write a letter Debate
  • 592. Design a logo Design a brochure Make a diagram or flowchart Make a sculpture Create a cartoon or comic Build a model Film a video Interpret data Conduct an experiment
  • 593. Create an outline Create a timeline Present statistics Graph data Write a jingle Lip sync a song Write a song or rap Create a radio show Give an instrumental performance
  • 594. Create sound effects Conduct a survey Create a game show or talk show Work on a cooperative project Interview someone Write a Readerʼs Theater Tutor a classmate
  • 595. Construct a portfolio Keep a journal Express your opinion in different ʻvoicesʼ Write a narrative Write a good test for this material Act it out Perform a pantomime Choreograph a dance Create a
  • 596. videotape Create a sculpture Create an observa- tion log Conduct an experiment Collect specimens to represent the material Individual and Group Project Ideas Artwork portfolio drawing collage
  • 597. comic strip mural clay models illustration of a story in sequence Oral Work oral exam role-playing panel discussion tv talk show oral history of an event debate telephone interview news report conference with parents, teacher, other students Other Projects artifacts scrapbook model building costume of characters or countries crossword puzzle mobile flannel board story map of a country
  • 598. puppet show advertising campaign for a product Individual and Group Project Ideas Written Work diary of a famous person writing portfolio poetry notebook book or movie review letter to parents, editor, tv station original fairy tale modern-day myth math problem-solving logs pen-pal letters graphs, charts, diagrams original recipes pamphlet describing a disease vacation brochure Media
  • 599. videotape of studentsʼ performances video of original commercial video of news program video or cassette of student-conducted interviews cassette tape or readings or oral performances computer printout or disk Kinesthetic pantomime dance routine write and perform a song as a mnemonic device tv commercial may be an individual or group activity Independent Projects may continue for a period of time
  • 600. results in a product, presentation, or performance typically has a time line and milestones has aspects of formative evaluation as the project proceeds Independent Project Planning Map Name: __________________________________________________ Start Date: _______________________________________________ 1. Pose a question. (I wonder.....) The question is the hardest part of the project. What do you really want to know and why? 2. Time for research and note-taking. Look for information in these resources: encyclopedia magazines videos internet interviews experiences trade books school programs other ____________
  • 601. 3. List bibliographic information. (Where did I get my information?) 4. Look back at your question. (Has my research answered the ques- tion that I posed?) If yes, move to the next step. If not, go back to your research. 5. Decide how you can best show what you have learned. (What product will I choose? Do I have a scoring guide to help me know when I am successful?) 6. What steps do you need to take to complete your project? Check the scoring guide several times while working on the project. 7. Plan your class presentation. (Do I need a classmate’s help to do my presentation? Do I need props or music?) 8. Practice and revise your presentation including using any charts or
  • 602. models. Practice so that you can talk about your work without read- ing from a written report. (Did I check the scoring guide again to see if my presentation is “looking good”?) 9. Be prepared to write a reflection. (What did I enjoy most about my research? What did I learn? What did I enjoy about my project and presentations? If I could do it all again, what would I change?) Exploring What I Know Name: _______________________________________ Topic: ______________________________________ 1. What is your big idea? _____________________________________________________ _______________
  • 603. _____________________________________________________ _________________________________________ 2. List or web your big idea. _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ 3. Looking at your list or web, write down some ideas you want to explore. _____________________________________________________ ________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ ________________________________________
  • 604. _____________________________________________________ ________________________________________ 4. Choose one of your possible ideas. Ask yourself questions like the following to help you choose: What makes this idea so interesting? __________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ Why is this an important topic to study? _______________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ What questions keep circling around in your head
  • 605. about this idea? ________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ After talking to a teacher, parent, or friend about your idea, what new ideas come from your talk? _____________________________________________________ ______________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ How can I make this idea stand our from all others? _________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ 5. What is your choice for a final topic question to explore?
  • 606. ____________________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ Project Planner Name: Due Date for Topic and Questions: The specific topic I will investigate: __________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ The specific questions I will investigate (list as many who/what/when/where/why/how questions as appropriate): ________________________________________________
  • 607. _____________________________________________________ ________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ Due Date for Gathering Resources: The resources I will use (minimum of three): Print Resources (books, magazines, journals): _________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ Web Sites: _____________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ Other Resources (interviews, software, videos, exhibits): _________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________
  • 608. Due Date for Product Description: Describe Your Product(s): _________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ Due Date for Evaluation Checklist: Solicit parental feedback. Solicit peer feedback. Complete a self-evaluation form. Due Date for Sharing: I will share my project using: a display:
  • 609. _____________________________________________________ ________ a presentation: _____________________________________________________ ____ Due Date for Written Reflection: Project-Based Learning on the Web http://www.4teachers.org/projectbased This site provides research-based support for PBL as well as the ability to create your own checklists for project work. http://www.project-approach.com Aimed at early childhood and elementary grades, this site supports PBL with research, practical planning materials, and fully described
  • 610. examples. http://www.exchange.co-nnect.net/Teleprojects A well-organized site with many technology based projects available. Some require fee; many are free. http://www.autodesk.com/foundation/pbl Supported by the Autodesk Foundation, more success stories and background support for PBL. http://www.pblmm.k12.ca.us One of the Technology Innovation Challenge Grants, this California- based effort has a multi-media focus, but has rich information around PBL for all. http://www.bie.org/pbl Designed to support middle and secondary school
  • 611. teachers, but don’t miss the Project Examples linked off Resources. http://www.millennaire.com/pbl.html This site links folks to online projects ranging from simple to complex. Project Evaluation Name: _____________________________ Topic: ____________________________________ Research Question: _____________________________________________________ ________ Teacher and Peer Assessment: Research: Used at least three sources
  • 612. Documented sources Gathered interesting information Worked hard preparing Preparation Was well prepared Demonstrated good delivery skills Used multiple delivery modes Demonstrated understanding of topic Answered questions effectively Teacher and Class Comments: _____________________________________________________ _______________________________
  • 614. 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 NOTES/note 3.pdf presented by Lynne Ecenbarger
  • 615. Classroom Assessments Test = obtain a score Assess = obtain the “how” or “why” behind the score Evaluate = after intervention, obtain evidence that the intervention is working Assessment implies that
  • 616. a decision will be made and some action taken to enhance learning. Previous Cycle of ClassroomTeaching/Assessment Teach Test Grade Go On • record score M T W Th
  • 617. F • write 5 x each • use in sentence • workbook page/pretest • post test • go on • ABC order Cycle of Classroom Asse ssment Pre-Asse ssments Te ach Ongoing/Formati ve Asse ssments Re te ach/Enrich
  • 618. Summati ve Asse ssments Grade Assessments are too often viewed as autopsies when they should be viewed as physicals. Like most things in education, classroom assessment enhances student achieve- ment under certain conditions only. Feedback from classroom assess- ments should provide students with a clear picture of:
  • 619. their progress on learning goals how they might improve Feedback from classroom assess- ment should encourage students to improve. Classroom assessment should be formative in nature. Formative classroom assess- ments should be quite frequent. Robert Marzano, 2007 It has been said that feedback is often too little, too late, too vague, presented in
  • 620. the wrong form, and therefore lacking in impact. Jensen, 1998 What is “good” classroom assessment? Classroom Assessments • used to assess lessons’ objectives • administered within classrooms • administered continuously throughout the day • used to differentiate instruction Classroom Screening and
  • 621. Progress Monitoring Tools Based on Grade Level Standards and Curriculum • different from grade level screening tools such as DIBELS, AIMS Web, etc. which are administered across the grade level • information is used instead to differentiate Tier 1 instruction in individual general education classrooms Initial Asse sssm ent and th en Fo rmativ e
  • 623. (clust ering) of er rors; ask, “ what do the se errors in ea ch clu ster have in com mon? ”;
  • 624. then a sk, “h ow do es this c luster differ from the on e befo re an d afte r it?” 4-8
  • 625. “grid the kid” by placing their name on the chart based on assessed level of readiness; form the tiers for small group interventions D es tin y P au l C la ir e Te ss S
  • 626. am B ro ok e M as on E m ily 4-8 provide research-based instruction and interventions until the first progress monitoring; reassess; “regrid the kids” based on progress; readjust the intervention
  • 628. B ro ok e M as on E m ily • Sample the key content in the unit • Mirror the post-assessment • Contain a low baseline • Align with CCSS
  • 629. • Are closely tied to the content learning objectives • Can be efficiently scored • Support decision-making • Inform students of the purpose Classroom Lesson Pre-Assessments (before each lesson or unit of study): PREASSESSMENTS Alphaboxes Quickwrites Ready-Set-Show
  • 630. Anchor Activities Anticipation Guides Graphic Organizers Tests from Textbooks Dry Erase/Show Me/Chalk Boards Alphaboxes Quickwrites Graphic Organizers Anticipation Guides Dictation Sentences Running Records TAPS Pre-Tests/Tests from Textbooks Teacher introduces the topic.
  • 631. Students write three words or phrases that come to mind when they hear the topic. They write each response in the box that the word/phrase begins with. For example, if the topic were “rocks”, a student might write “igneous” in the /i/ box, “gems” in the /g/ box, and “minerals” in the /m/ box. Have the students share with a partner or in a whole-class setting. They may only share answers that have not already been given. Any student that shares must be able to explain how the word/phrase they have listed is related to the topic. Anticipation Guide “From Egg to Butterfly” agree disagree 1. The butterfly has five
  • 632. stages in its life cycle. 2. The egg is the last stage. 3. Caterpillars spend five days in the egg before hatching. 4. Caterpillars eat in- sects for their food. 5. Caterpillars eat for about fifteen days before form- ing a hard shell. 6. Caterpillars change into pupas after shedding their outer skin. 7. The caterpillar spends about ten days inside a pupa. 8. Caterpillars eat while inside the pupa.
  • 633. 9. There are about 20 days in the life cycle of a butterfly. 10. An butterfly has six legs and three body parts. Teacher lists the objectives for the unit ahead of time in an “Anticipation Map”, falsifying two or three of the objectives. Students are asked to check whether they agree or dis- agree with each of the statements. The teacher could use this as a post-assessment, as well, by pre- senting the “Anticipation Map” at the end of the unit and having each student check the appropriate box based on what they learned. From Our Classroom Strategy Library Anticipation Guide
  • 634. All About Adolescent Literacy www.adlit.org Resources for Parents and Educators of Kids Grades 4—12 Name Topic Read each statement below. Respond in the left column whether you agree (A) or disagree (D) with each statement. Think about why you agree or disagree, and be prepared to share. Before Reading Agree/Disagree Statement/Question After Reading Agree/Disagree
  • 636. resou rces f rom A dLit.o rg (stand s for A doles cent L iterac y) http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org http://adlit.org
  • 637. A Quick Write is a literacy strategy which can be used in any content area to develop writing fluency, to build the habit of reflection into a learning experience, and to informally assess student thinking. The strategy asks learners to respond in 2–10 minutes to an open-ended question or prompt posed by the teacher. This writing assignment can be used at the beginning, middle, or end of a lesson. For example, students are asked to write about what they learned, problems they encount- ered, what they liked (or did not like) about the lesson, how well they understood the concepts, and questions they may have about the lesson. In content teaching, the integration of reading and writing reinforces meaning construction as both activities use similar processing skills. Quickwrites in 5 Steps for students in grades K-2:
  • 638. Model and rehearse with students the following 5 steps: 1. Think. (They repeat as you raise one finger.) 2. Draw a picture. (They repeat as you raise another finger.) 3. Write something. (They repeat as you raise a third finger.) 4. Write your name. (They repeat as you raise a fourth finger.) 5. Write the date. (They repeat as you raise a fifth finger.) Facilitating Quickwrites for students in grades 3-12: 1. Remind students that they can’t stop writing until the timer goes off and, when it does, they may finish only their last sentence. 2. Give students exactly 1 minute to think and start everyone together. 3. Turn the timer away from students so they will not watch the clock. 4. Circulate, encourage, and praise. 5. Ask volunteers to share their Quickwrites and allow for questions and positive comments. Formative Assessment - an Integral Part of Classroom Instruction
  • 639. Weighing cows won’t make ‘em fatter, just as testing kids won’t increase student learning! • Are closely tied to the content students are learning • Can be spontaneous or planned • May be formal or informal • Can cause critical teacher insights into student learning and/or misconceptions • Require careful observation and reflection • Support decision-making
  • 640. regarding instruction Provides Regular Feedback! Formative Assessments to Inform Lesson Planning… Everything students might SAY, DO, or CREATE has the potential to be formative because it can provide information about how much they understand and helps the teacher plan the next steps of instruction. The line between assessment and instruction should be blurred!
  • 641. Don’t ever assess unless you’re going to take action! Let’s take a closer look at types of formative assessments... During the Lesson Quick, Ongoing Assessment Ideas
  • 642. 3-2-1 R.A.F.T.’s paper-pass quickwrites dry-erase slates Ready-Set-Show five questions for this answer mindmaps and other graphic organizers exit slips I Ha ve-W ho H as?
  • 643. Yes/No cards “During Instruction” Asse ssment Ide as Pinch Cards Obser vations Stop-and-Jots Masking Note -Taki ng R .A.F. T.’s Quick write s Re ady-Se t-Show Exit Slips Le arning Logs
  • 644. Fi ve Que stions for this Answer Mindmaps and other graphic organizers 3-2-1 Summ arizer Ready - Set - Show Ready - Set - Show . ? ! 1/2 1/3 1/5
  • 645. I’ve almost got it! I’m lost! I’m a bit confused! I could te ach this! Pinch Card (check for understanding) TIPS (Thi nk/In k/Pa ir/Sh
  • 646. are) Students write the teacher’s question in the “Think” box. They then write their response in the “Ink” box. When the teacher says “Pair”, they turn and share their answer with a partner. To complete this activity, I ask the students to take a few minutes and write the name of their partner in the “Pair” box and to write what their partner shared in the “Share” box.
  • 647. Formative Assessing with Learning Logs Short, ungraded and unedited, reflective writing in learning logs is a venue to promote genuine consideration of learning activities. Learning logs provide authentic writing experiences in any content area. Ideas for Math Journal Topics Write 12 things that the number six means to you. Pretend you have to explain to a new student how to subtract numbers. Use any concept or algorithm. Write a reaction to the lesson being studied. Discuss how you approach a problem and solve it. Then
  • 648. discuss another way to do it. Discuss ways that a triangle and a square are alike, and then how they are different. “Today I discovered….” “Something I’ve been wondering about…” “I think fractions were discovered when…” Items to Gather: • wooden paint sticks • Sharpies Instructions: Step 1: First start with your first stick and write start. Step 2: Next start writing your clues and the answers on the tip. Step 3: Then write finish on your last stick. Other Tips/Suggestions: You can make all of the facts connect or make them different like I did above. You can make it longer for your high kids and shorter for your lower kids. Give
  • 649. them a timer and have them try to beat 1 minute. You can make any changes you desire! Place Value I Have - Who Has After the Lesson Quick, Ongoing Assessment Ideas 3-2-1 R.A.F.T.’s
  • 650. paper-pass quickwrites dry-erase slates Ready-Set-Show five questions for this answer mindmaps and other graphic organizers exit slips I Ha ve-W ho H as? Yes/No cards “Af ter Instruction” Asse ssment Ide as
  • 651. Exit Slips 3-2-1- Summarizers Snowball Fights Paper Pass Le arning Logs I Have-Who Has Foldable s Writ ten Re sponse s Exit Cards Exit Cards (AKA “Ticke ts to Le ave”) are used to gather information on student re adine ss levels, intere sts, and/ or le arning profile s. The te acher hands out inde x cars to students at the end of an inst ructional sequence or class period. The te acher asks the students to re spond to a pre-de termined prompt on their inde x cards and then turn them in as they le ave the classroom or t ransition to another subject.
  • 652. The te acher revie ws the student re sponse s and separate s the cards into instructional groups based on pre se t criteria. Exit Cards •On your e xit card ... •Explain the dif ference be t ween simile and me taphor. Gi ve an e xample of e ach as part of your e xplanation. Exit Cards We have begun a study of “author ’s craf t”. •Identif y three e xample s of figurati ve language
  • 653. used in the novel Morning Girl by Michael Dorris. Exit Cards Today you began to le arn about decimals and f ractions. • List three things you le arned. • Write at le ast one que stion you have about decimals and/ or f ractions. From Our Classroom Strategy Library Exit Slips
  • 654. All About Adolescent Literacy www.adlit.org Resources for Parents and Educators of Kids Grades 4—12 Write one thing you learned today. Name Rate your understanding of today’s topic on a scale of 1-10. What can you do to improve your understanding? Name Describe one way that today’s lesson could be used in the real world. 12 Digital Tools to Implement Exit Slips
  • 655. 3-2-1 Summarizer 3 2 1 Identify three “ah-ha’s” from today’s lesson about plate tectonics. Pose two new questions you have about plate movement. Name one thing you will remember forever. 3-2-1 Summarizer
  • 656. Af ter re ading over my first draf t... 3 re visions I can make to improve my draf t 2 re source s I can use to help improve my draf t 1 thing I re ally like about my first draf t Foldables (3-D Graphic Organizers) “…a three-dimensional student-made (and/or teacher- made) interactive graphic organizer based upon a skill”. Foldables provide students with a “fast, kinesthetic activity that helps them organize and retain information either before, during, or after reading”. What are Foldables?
  • 657. Formative: Assessment FOR Learning Summative: Assessment OF Learning • Are like a rear view mirror of the pre-assessment • Contain a high ceiling • Assess content, skills, and
  • 658. strategies • Focus on application of knowledge to novel situations • Couple with trait rubrics • Include opportunities for personal reflections • Can be used to calculate gain scores Post-Assessments: Summative Assessments: essays, persuasive writing, and creative or
  • 659. expressive writing, as well as research papers. synthesizing information and explaining their understanding of concepts and ideas. an audience with a specific purpose. or use academic structures for research and/ or formal writing. Writing-to-Demonstrate Knowledge Summative Assessments Summative Assessments
  • 660. Checklists Debates Products Demonstrations Portfolio Reviews End of Unit Tests Summative Essays Performance Assessments Knowledge Comprehension Application • Workshee t • Concept Map • Quiz/Te st • Blogging
  • 661. • Diar y • Lists • Peer Te ach • Show and Tell • Summarize • Cartoon Strip • Flow Chart • Illustration • Cre ate a puzzle, game, skit, movie, podcast, wiki, PowerPoint • Gi ve a speech • Make a topographic map • Perform a play • Take and display a collection of photographs on a particular topic • Write an e xplanation/se t of instructions Analysis Synthe sis Evaluation • Conduct inve stigations to support a vie w • Construct a graph
  • 662. • Cre ate a socio-gram f rom a narrati ve • Cre ate a decision-making matrix to help make a decision • Prepare a report • Write a commercial to sell a ne w product • Cre ate an advertisement • Invent a machine to do a specific task • Write a TV show; puppe t show • Role Play • De sign a ne w mone tar y system • Prepare and conduct a debate • Write a persuasi ve speech arguing for/ against • Evaluate the character ’s action
  • 663. • Post critical comment to forums/blog/wiki’s/e tc. • Conduct inve stigations • PBL Summati ve Asse ssments Bloom’s Digital Taxonomy Create a model. Write a poem. Write and produce a play. Create a table of contents. Make a game. Compile a booklet. Create a slide show. Create a radio program. Write a book. Write a new law. Create a video. Write a new song. Draw a diagram. Write a biography. Create an advertisement. Design and construct a new product. Give a speech. Make a learning center. Have a panel discussion. Make a dictionary.
  • 664. Draw a set of blueprints. Plan a journey. Make a relief map. Compile a portfolio of sketches. Make a map. Write an opinion article. Make a chart. Submit a story to a magazine. Take a survey; interpret the results. Write an essay. Design an experiment. Present a mock trial. Write a computer program. Develop a display. Create a dance. Make a simulation gamer. Build a planetarium. Formulate a scientific theory. Teach a lesson. Make an animated movie. Create a political cartoon. Hold a press conference. Write a letter to the editor. Conduct a debate. Design a travel brochure. Write a news report. Least Likely to Yield Sophisticated Product Make a diorama. Keep a diary. Make a collage. Draft and circulate a petition. Conduct an interview. Make a list. Create a word search. Create a recipe.
  • 665. Make a puzzle. Make a mobile. Make a collection of... Create a slogan or bumper sticker. Make a timeline. Be a mentor. Prepare and serve ethnic food. Do a pantomime. Collect and analyze water. Develop and use a questionnaire. Invite a speaker to class. Work on needlepoint. Draw a storyline. Discuss character development. Put together a photo album. Most Likely to Yield Sophisticated Product Multiple Intelligences Project Ideas Verbal/
  • 666. Linguistic Visual/Spatial Logical/ Mathematical Musical Interpersonal Intrapersonal Bodily/ Kinesthetic Naturalist Create an audiotape Give a persuasive speech Write a poem Write a play or script Write an advertisement
  • 667. Write a letter Debate Design a logo Design a brochure Make a diagram or flowchart Make a sculpture Create a cartoon or comic Build a model Film a video Interpret data
  • 668. Conduct an experiment Create an outline Create a timeline Present statistics Graph data Write a jingle Lip sync a song Write a song or rap Create a radio show
  • 669. Give an instrumental performance Create sound effects Conduct a survey Create a game show or talk show Work on a cooperative project Interview someone Write a Readerʼs Theater
  • 670. Tutor a classmate Construct a portfolio Keep a journal Express your opinion in different ʻvoicesʼ Write a narrative Write a good test for this material Act it out Perform a pantomime
  • 671. Choreograph a dance Create a videotape Create a sculpture Create an observa- tion log Conduct an experiment Collect specimens to represent the material Individual and Group Project Ideas
  • 672. Artwork portfolio drawing collage comic strip mural clay models illustration of a story in sequence Oral Work oral exam role-playing panel discussion tv talk show oral history of an event debate telephone interview news report conference with parents, teacher, other students Other Projects artifacts scrapbook model building costume of characters or countries
  • 673. crossword puzzle mobile flannel board story map of a country puppet show advertising campaign for a product Individual and Group Project Ideas Written Work diary of a famous person writing portfolio poetry notebook book or movie review letter to parents, editor, tv station original fairy tale modern-day myth math problem-solving logs pen-pal letters graphs, charts, diagrams original recipes
  • 674. pamphlet describing a disease vacation brochure Media videotape of studentsʼ performances video of original commercial video of news program video or cassette of student-conducted interviews cassette tape or readings or oral performances computer printout or disk Kinesthetic pantomime dance routine write and perform a song as a mnemonic device tv commercial may be an individual or group activity
  • 675. Independent Projects may continue for a period of time results in a product, presentation, or performance typically has a time line and milestones has aspects of formative evaluation as the project proceeds Independent Project Planning Map Name: __________________________________________________ Start Date: _______________________________________________ 1. Pose a question. (I wonder.....) The question is the hardest part of the project. What do you really want to know and why? 2. Time for research and note-taking. Look for information in these resources:
  • 676. encyclopedia magazines videos internet interviews experiences trade books school programs other ____________ 3. List bibliographic information. (Where did I get my information?) 4. Look back at your question. (Has my research answered the ques- tion that I posed?) If yes, move to the next step. If not, go back to your research. 5. Decide how you can best show what you have learned. (What product will I choose? Do I have a scoring guide to help me know when I am successful?) 6. What steps do you need to take to complete your project? Check the scoring guide several times while working on the project. 7. Plan your class presentation. (Do I need a classmate’s
  • 677. help to do my presentation? Do I need props or music?) 8. Practice and revise your presentation including using any charts or models. Practice so that you can talk about your work without read- ing from a written report. (Did I check the scoring guide again to see if my presentation is “looking good”?) 9. Be prepared to write a reflection. (What did I enjoy most about my research? What did I learn? What did I enjoy about my project and presentations? If I could do it all again, what would I change?) Exploring What I Know Name: _______________________________________ Topic: ______________________________________ 1. What is your big idea?
  • 678. _____________________________________________________ _______________ _____________________________________________________ _________________________________________ 2. List or web your big idea. _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ 3. Looking at your list or web, write down some ideas you want to explore. _____________________________________________________ ________________________________________
  • 679. _____________________________________________________ ________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ ________________________________________ 4. Choose one of your possible ideas. Ask yourself questions like the following to help you choose: What makes this idea so interesting? __________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ Why is this an important topic to study? _______________________________________________
  • 680. _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ What questions keep circling around in your head about this idea? ________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ After talking to a teacher, parent, or friend about your idea, what new ideas come from your talk? _____________________________________________________ ______________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ How can I make this idea stand our from all others? _________________________________
  • 681. _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ 5. What is your choice for a final topic question to explore? ____________________________ _____________________________________________________ _______________________________________ Project Planner Name: Due Date for Topic and Questions: The specific topic I will investigate: __________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________
  • 682. The specific questions I will investigate (list as many who/what/when/where/why/how questions as appropriate): ________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ ________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ Due Date for Gathering Resources: The resources I will use (minimum of three): Print Resources (books, magazines, journals): _________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ Web Sites: _____________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________
  • 683. Other Resources (interviews, software, videos, exhibits): _________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ Due Date for Product Description: Describe Your Product(s): _________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ _____________________________________________________ _________________ Due Date for Evaluation Checklist: Solicit parental feedback. Solicit peer feedback. Complete a self-evaluation form. Due Date for Sharing:
  • 684. I will share my project using: a display: _____________________________________________________ ________ a presentation: _____________________________________________________ ____ Due Date for Written Reflection: Project-Based Learning on the Web http://www.4teachers.org/projectbased This site provides research-based support for PBL as well as the ability to create your own checklists for project work. http://www.project-approach.com
  • 685. Aimed at early childhood and elementary grades, this site supports PBL with research, practical planning materials, and fully described examples. http://www.exchange.co-nnect.net/Teleprojects A well-organized site with many technology based projects available. Some require fee; many are free. http://www.autodesk.com/foundation/pbl Supported by the Autodesk Foundation, more success stories and background support for PBL. http://www.pblmm.k12.ca.us One of the Technology Innovation Challenge Grants, this California- based effort has a multi-media focus, but has rich information around PBL for all.
  • 686. http://www.bie.org/pbl Designed to support middle and secondary school teachers, but don’t miss the Project Examples linked off Resources. http://www.millennaire.com/pbl.html This site links folks to online projects ranging from simple to complex. Project Evaluation Name: _____________________________ Topic: ____________________________________ Research Question: _____________________________________________________ ________ Teacher and Peer Assessment:
  • 687. Research: Used at least three sources Documented sources Gathered interesting information Worked hard preparing Preparation Was well prepared Demonstrated good delivery skills Used multiple delivery modes Demonstrated understanding of topic Answered questions effectively Teacher and Class Comments:
  • 689. 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 NOTES/Top Tech Tools for Formative Assessment-1.pdf
  • 690. DONATE (HTTPS://WWW.COMMONSENSEMEDIA.ORG/DONATE) Top Tech Tools for Formative Assessment Edulastic Visit Website: https://www.edulastic.com/ Powerful formative assessment tool tracks achievement of standards GRADES K-12 TYPE Website
  • 691. PRICE Free PlayPosit Visit Website: http://www.playposit.com/ GRADES 2-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free, Paid Through formative assessment, teachers check student understanding, get valuable data on student learning, and then use that data to modify instruction. When teachers know
  • 692. what students know (or don't know), they can adjust to meet students right at their level. The best formative assessment tools also help students self-reflect and assess, figuring out where they are and where they need to go as learners. Browse the tools below to find one that meets your needs. There are formative assessment apps for everything from discussion to quizzing, polling, and student responses to interactive lessons and videos. Interesting seeing how two of the best formative assessment apps compare? Check out our EdTech Showdown featuring Kahoot! and Formative. Interactive Lessons and Video TOP PICK COMMON SENSE RATING 4 / 5TEACHER RATING
  • 693. 5 / 5 COMMON SENSE RATING 4 / 5TEACHER RATING 4 / 5 Bookmark https://www.commonsensemedia.org/donate https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/edulastic https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/edulastic https://www.edulastic.com/ https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/playposit https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/playposit http://www.playposit.com/ https://www.commonsense.org/education/teaching- strategies/student-centered-formative-assessment https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bmQ4V_jk9Rk https://www.commonsense.org/education/user?current=node/394 6756
  • 694. Simple design makes it easy to jump into interactive video GoClass Visit Website: https://www.goclass.com/guestapp/index.aspx Deliver interactive lessons right to kids' mobile devices and tablets GRADES 6-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free
  • 695. The Answer Pad Visit Website: http://www.theanswerpad.com/ Simple, multipurpose assessment tool for the BYOD classroom GRADES 6-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free, Paid Kahoot! Visit Website: https://getkahoot.com/ Game-like student-response tool can
  • 696. GRADES 8-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free Quizzing, Polling, and Student Response COMMON SENSE RATING 4 / 5TEACHER RATING Not Yet Rated COMMON SENSE RATING 3 / 5TEACHER RATING
  • 697. 5 / 5 COMMON SENSE RATING 3 / 5TEACHER RATING 4 / 5 https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/goclass https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/goclass https://www.goclass.com/guestapp/index.aspx https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/the-answer- pad https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/the-answer- pad http://www.theanswerpad.com/ https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/kahoot https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/kahoot https://getkahoot.com/ spark competitive fun Socrative Visit Website:
  • 698. http://www.socrative.com/ Snapshot quizzes and questions measure student learning GRADES 3-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free Quizalize Visit Website: https://www.quizalize.com/ Familiar game show quizzes with a
  • 699. few new features GRADES 4-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free, Paid Plickers Publisher: Plickers Inc. Useful rapid-response tool for tech- limited classrooms GRADES 5-12
  • 701. COMMON SENSE RATING 3 / 5TEACHER RATING 3 / 5 COMMON SENSE RATING 3 / 5 TEACHER RATING 3 / 5 https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/socrative https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/socrative http://www.socrative.com/ https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/quizalize https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/quizalize https://www.quizalize.com/ https://www.commonsense.org/education/app/plickers https://www.commonsense.org/education/app/plickers https://www.commonsense.org/education/publisher/plickers-inc
  • 702. GoSoapBox Visit Website: http://www.gosoapbox.com Solid web-based clicker tool gives instant feedback GRADES 6-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free, Paid Poll Everywhere Visit Website: http://www.polleverywhere.com/
  • 703. Straightforward student-response tool does its job well GRADES 7-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free, Paid Backchannel Chat Visit Website: https://backchannelchat.com Real-time, moderated online discussions can engage and
  • 704. GRADES 7-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free to Try, Paid Discussion COMMON SENSE RATING 3 / 5TEACHER RATING 4 / 5 COMMON SENSE RATING
  • 705. 3 / 5TEACHER RATING 3 / 5 COMMON SENSE RATING 3 / 5 TEACHER RATING 4 / 5 https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/gosoapbox https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/gosoapbox http://www.gosoapbox.com/ https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/poll- everywhere https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/poll- everywhere http://www.polleverywhere.com/ https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/backchannel- chat https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/backchannel- chat https://backchannelchat.com/
  • 706. encourage TodaysMeet Visit Website: https://todaysmeet.com/ Easy online conversations supplement and extend the classroom GRADES 8-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free, Paid Piazza
  • 707. Visit Website: https://piazza.com Advanced Q&A tool compels collaboration, higher-order thinking GRADES 10-12 TYPE Website PRICE Free COMMON SENSE RATING 3 / 5TEACHER RATING 4 / 5 COMMON SENSE RATING
  • 708. 4 / 5TEACHER RATING 4 / 5 https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/todaysmeet https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/todaysmeet https://todaysmeet.com/ https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/piazza https://www.commonsense.org/education/website/piazza https://piazza.com/